Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Telecommunications Services / Consolidated Communications

Consolidated Communications

cnsl · NASDAQ Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cnsl
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Communication Services
Industry Telecommunications Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Consolidated Communications
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
 SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

[Mark One] 

     X      Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 
2011 

OR 

              Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the transition period from 
____________ to                  . 

Commission file number 000-51466 

CONSOLIDATED COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of  
incorporation or organization) 

02-0636095 
(IRS Employer Identification No.) 

121 South 17th Street 
Mattoon, Illinois 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

(217) 235-3311 
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code) 

61938 
(Zip Code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class: 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value 

Name of exchange on which registered: 
NASDAQ Global Select Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    YES            NO__X___ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  YES            NO__X___ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for 
the past 90 days.  YES      X       NO______ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be 
submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to submit and post such files).   YES _X__  NO ___ 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not 
be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or 
any amendment to this Form 10-K.  [   ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the 
definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,”  and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):  

Large accelerated filer  ____ 

Accelerated filer _X___ 

Non-accelerated filer ____ 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting 
company) 

Smaller reporting company ____ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   
YES               NO     X__       

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2011 was approximately 
$509,792,519 based upon the closing price of the Common Stock reported for such date on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.   

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each class of Common Stock, as of the latest practicable date: 

Class 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value 

Outstanding as of March 1, 2012 
29,869,510 Shares 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 
Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the 2012 annual meeting of stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FORM 10-K 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Page No. 

Acronyms Used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. ................................................................................ 1 
Terminology Used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K ............................................................................. 2 
Forward-Looking Statements ........................................................................................................................ 3 
Market and Industry Data ............................................................................................................................. 3 

PART I 

Business ..................................................................................................................................... 4 
Item 1. 
Item 1A.  Risk Factors ............................................................................................................................. 29 
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments ................................................................................................... 42 
Properties ................................................................................................................................. 42 
Item 2. 
Legal Proceedings ................................................................................................................... 43 
Item 3. 
Mine Safety Disclosures .......................................................................................................... 44 
Item 4. 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters 
      and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities ......................................................................... 45 
Selected Financial Data ........................................................................................................... 47 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial  

Condition and Results of Operations ................................................................................ 51 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About 

Item 8. 
Item 9. 

Market Risk ....................................................................................................................... 75 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ....................................................................... 75 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on 

Accounting and Financial Disclosure ............................................................................... 75 
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures .......................................................................................................... 75 
Item 9B.      Other Information .................................................................................................................... 78 

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ...................................................... 79 
Executive Compensation ......................................................................................................... 79 
Item 11. 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners 
Item 12. 

and Management and Related Stockholder Matters ......................................................... 79 
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ........................ 79 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services ................................................................................. 79 
Item 14. 

Item 15. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ................................................................................. 80 

PART IV 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acronyms Used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K 

   Competitive local exchange carrier
   Digital subscriber line
   Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
   East Texas Fiber Line, Inc.
   Financial Accounting Standards Board
   Federal Communications Commission
   Generally accepted accounting principles

Illinois Commerce Commission
Illinois Consolidated Telephone Company
Incumbent local exchange carrier
Internet protocol 
Internet protocol digital television
Internet service provider
Inter exchange carrier
   London interbank offer rate
   National Exchange Carrier Association
   Net operating loss 
   Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission
   Pennsylvania Universal Service Fund
   Public Utility Commission of Texas
   Texas Public Utilities Regulatory Act
  Rural local exchange carrier
   Statement of Financial Accounting Standards

Synchronous Optical Network

  TXU Communications Ventures Company
  Unbundled network element
  Unbundled network element platform
  Voice over Internet Protocol

CLEC 
DSL 
EBITDA 
ETFL 
FASB 
FCC 
GAAP 
ICC 
ICTC 
ILEC 
IP 
IPTV 
ISP 
IXC 
LIBOR 
NECA 
NOL 
PAPUC 
PAUSF 
PUCT 
PURA 
RLEC 
SFAS 
SONET 
TXUCV 
UNE 
UNE-P 
VOIP 

1

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Terminology Used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K 

Access line equivalents represent a combination of voice services and data circuits.  The calculations represent 
a  conversion  of  data  circuits  to  an  access  line  basis.    Equivalents  are  calculated  by  converting  data  circuits 
(basic rate interface (BRI), primary rate interface (PRI), DSL, DS-1, DS-3, and Ethernet) and SONET-based 
(optical) services (OC-3 and OC-48) to the equivalent of an access line. 

Bill  and  keep  is  a  pricing  arrangement  for  the  interconnection  of  two  telecommunications  networks  under 
which the reciprocal call termination charge is zero.  That is, each network agrees to terminate calls from the 
other network at no charge.  Typically the traffic terminating to each party is in parity or balance.  

Competitive local exchange carriers (“CLECs”) are telecommunications providers formed after enactment of 
the Telecommunications Act of 1996 to provide local exchange service that competes with ILECs and other 
established carriers. 

Digital telephone or VOIP service involves the routing of voice calls, at least in part, over the Internet through 
packets of data instead of transmitting the calls over the telephone system.  

An exchange is a geographic area established for administration and pricing of telecommunications services. 

Hosted  VOIP  is  our  broadband  phone  product  that  utilizes  our  soft  switch  to  provide  an  Internet  Protocol 
based voice service to business and residential customers.  The product provides the flexibility of utilizing new 
telephone technology and features provided by our hosted soft switch but does not require an investment in a 
new telephone system to use the advanced features. 

Incumbent local exchange telephone companies (“ILECs”) are the local telephone companies that provided 
local  telephone  exchange  service  on  the  effective  date  of  the  Telecommunications  Act  of  1996,  or  their 
predecessors.    This  designation  is  important  because  ILECs  have  statutory  obligations  that  other  telephone 
companies do not have.  For example, ILECs are required to give other carriers access to certain equipment 
(known as unbundled network elements) or to house equipment for other carriers (known as collocation), on 
reasonable and nondiscriminatory terms.  For more information, see Part I—Item 1—“Business—Regulatory 
Environment.” 

Metro  Ethernet  is  the  use  of  carrier  Ethernet  technology  in  metropolitan  area  networks.    Metro  Ethernet 
services  are  provided  over  a  standard,  widely  used  Ethernet  interface  and  can  connect  business  local  area 
networks  to  wide  area  networks  or  to  the  Internet.    Metro  Ethernet  offers  cost-effectiveness,  reliability, 
scalability and bandwidth management superior to most proprietary networks. 

MPLS or Multiprotocol Label Switching refers to a highly scalable data-carrying mechanism in which data 
packets are assigned labels.  Packet-forwarding decisions are made solely on the contents of this label, without 
the need to examine the packet itself.  This allows for end-to-end circuits across any type of transport medium, 
using any protocol. 

Rural telephone companies or rural local exchange carriers (“RLECs”) provide communications services to 
geographic  areas  that  are  not  heavily  populated.    This  designation  is  important  because  rural  telephone 
companies  historically  have  been  eligible  to  receive  government  subsidies  to  compensate  for  the 
disproportionate  cost  of  providing  service  in  low  density  areas.    In  addition,  ILECs  that  are  statutory  rural 
telephone companies, as defined in the Telecommunications Act of 1996, are exempt from some obligations to 
provide access to competitors. 

Unified  messaging  is  the  integration  of  multiple  messaging  technologies  into  a  single  system.    With  this 
application, voice mail, fax, cellular and other messages are sent to the email inbox.  From the email system, 
the messages can be heard, read or forwarded to others. 

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

Any  statements  contained  in  this  report  that  are  not  statements  of  historical  fact,  including 
statements  about  our  beliefs  and  expectations,  are  forward-looking  statements.  We  use  words  like 
“anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “target,” “project,” “should,” “may,” and 
“will” to identify forward-looking statements throughout this report. 

Forward-looking  statements  reflect,  among  other  things,  our  current  expectations,  plans, 
strategies, and anticipated financial results.  There are a number of risks, uncertainties, and conditions that 
may  cause  our  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  or  implied  by  these  forward-
looking statements.  Many of these circumstances are beyond our ability to control or predict.  Moreover, 
forward-looking statements necessarily involve assumptions on our part. 

All  forward-looking  statements  attributable  to  us  or  persons  acting  on  our  behalf  are  expressly 
qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements that appear throughout this report.  Furthermore, 
forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made.  Except as required under the federal 
securities laws or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, we are not under 
any obligation to update any forward-looking information—whether as a result of new information, future 
events, or otherwise.  You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. 

Please see Part I—Item 1A—“Risk Factors” of this report, as well as this report generally and the 
other documents that we file with the SEC from time to time, for important factors that could cause our 
actual  results  to  differ  from  current  expectations  and  from  the  forward-looking  statements  discussed  in 
this report. 

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA 

Market  and  industry  data  and  other  information  used  throughout  this  report  are  based  on 
independent  industry  publications,  government  publications,  publicly  available  information,  reports  by 
market  research  firms  or  other  published  independent  sources.    Although  we  believe  these  sources  are 
reliable,  we  have  not  verified  the  information.    Some  data  is  also  based  on  estimates  that  members  of 
management derive from their industry knowledge and review of internal surveys. 

We  cannot  know,  or  reasonably  determine,  our  market  share  in  each  of  our  markets  or  for  our 
services because there is significant overlap in the telecommunications industry; it is difficult to isolate 
information  regarding  individual  services.    For  example,  wireless  providers  both  compete  with  and 
complement our local telephone services. 

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

Item 1.   Business 

General 

Consolidated  Communications  Holdings,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries,  (“Consolidated”,  the 
“Company”, “we”, “our” or “us”) operates its businesses under the name Consolidated Communications.  
We are an established rural local exchange carrier (“RLEC”) offering a wide range of telecommunications 
services  to  residential  and  business  customers  in  Illinois,  Texas  and  Pennsylvania  including:  local  and 
long-distance service; high-speed broadband Internet access (“DSL”); standard and high-definition digital 
television  (“IPTV”);  digital  telephone  service  (“VOIP”);  custom  calling  features;  private  line  services; 
carrier  access  services;  network  capacity  services  over  our  regional  fiber  optic  network;  directory 
publishing and Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (“CLEC”) services.  At December 31, 2011, we had 
227,992 local access lines, 110,913 DSL lines, 34,356 IPTV subscribers and an estimated 89,774 CLEC 
access line equivalents. 

We  also  operate  two  non-core  complementary  businesses:    telephone  services  to  correctional 

facilities and business equipment sales.   

Founded  in  1894  as  the  Mattoon  Telephone  Company  by  the  great-grandfather  of  our  current 
Chairman, Richard A. Lumpkin, we began as one of the nation’s first independent telephone companies.  
After several acquisitions, the Mattoon Telephone Company was incorporated as the Illinois Consolidated 
Telephone Company (“ICTC”) on April 10, 1924.   

In  1997,  McLeodUSA  acquired  ICTC  and  all  related  businesses  from  the  Lumpkin  family.    In 
2002, ICTC and several related businesses were reacquired from McLeodUSA by a group of investors led 
by Mr. Lumpkin.   

In 2004, we acquired the rural telephone operations in Lufkin, Conroe and Katy, Texas of TXU 
Communications Ventures Company (“TXUCV”) from TXU Corporation, which had been operating in 
those markets for over 90 years.  This acquisition approximately tripled the size of the Company.   

On  December  31,  2007,  we  acquired  all  of  the  capital  stock  of  North  Pittsburgh  Systems,  Inc. 
(“North Pittsburgh”).  North Pittsburgh provides services to residential and business customers in several 
counties in western Pennsylvania and also operates a CLEC in the Pittsburgh metropolitan area.   

On February 5, 2012, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire all the outstanding shares 
of SureWest Communications (“SureWest”) for $23.00 per share in a cash and stock transaction with a 
total consideration valued at approximately $340.9 million, exclusive of debt, based on our February 3, 
2012  closing  price.    SureWest’s  shareholders  may  elect  to  exchange  each  share  of  SureWest  common 
stock for either $23 in cash or shares of Consolidated common stock having an equivalent value based on 
average trading prices for the 20-day period ending two days before the closing of the acquisition, subject 
to a collar so that there will be a maximum exchange ratio of 1.40565 shares of Consolidated common 
stock  for  each  share  of  SureWest  common  stock  and  a  minimum  of  1.03896  shares  of  Consolidated 
common stock for each share of SureWest common stock. Overall elections are also subject to proration 
so that 50% of the SureWest shares will be exchanged for cash and 50% for stock. The results of applying 
the collar and proration provisions are subject to adjustment to ensure the transaction will be treated as a 
tax-free reorganization for federal income tax purposes.  The stock portion of the transaction will be tax 
free.   The definitive agreement is not subject to any financing contingency. We intend to finance the cash 
portion  of  the  acquisition  price  with  debt  and  cash  on  hand.  We  have  obtained  a  commitment  for  the 

4

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
financing  necessary  to  complete  the  transaction  from  Morgan  Stanley  Senior  Funding,  Inc.    The 
transaction is subject to approval by our and SureWest’s stockholders and is subject to federal and state 
regulatory  approvals,  as  well  as  other  customary  closing  conditions.    We  and  SureWest  have  made 
customary  representations,  warranties  and  covenants  in  the  definitive  agreement,  including  SureWest 
agreeing not to solicit alternative transactions or, subject to certain exceptions, to enter into discussions 
concerning,  or  provide  confidential  information  in  connection  with,  an  alternative  transaction.  The 
definitive  agreement  also  contains  certain  termination  rights  for  both  us  and  SureWest,  and  further 
provides that, upon termination of the agreement under certain circumstances, SureWest may be obligated 
to pay us a termination fee of $14,675,000.  The transaction will be accretive to Consolidated’s free cash 
flow per share in the first full year following closing, excluding integration costs, and the transaction is 
deleveraging to Consolidated.  The consideration represents a 47% premium to SureWest’s stock price as 
of the close  on February 3, 2012.  The transaction is expected to close in the third or fourth quarter of 
2012.  The agreement contains a termination date of November 5, 2012. 

On a standalone basis, SureWest reported in their 2011 earnings release dated February 29, 2012, 

that they serve 268,400 residential and 15,700 business revenue generating units in the greater Kansas 
City, Kansas and Missouri and Sacramento, California regions, which contain over 327,700 residential 
marketable homes to SureWest.  SureWest reported revenues of $248.1 million for 2011.    

We are a Delaware corporation organized in 2002, and are the successor to businesses engaged in 

providing telecommunications services since 1894.   

Available Information 

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-
K and amendments to those reports are available on our website, at no charge, at www.consolidated.com, 
as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  electronic  filing  or  furnishing  such  information  to  the  U.S. 
Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  Also available on our website, or in print upon written 
request at no charge, are our corporate governance guidelines, the charters of our audit, compensation and 
corporate governance committees, and a copy of our code of business conduct and ethics that applies to 
our  directors,  officers  and  employees,  including  our  chief  executive  officer,  principal  financial  officer, 
principal accounting officer, controller or other persons performing similar functions.  Information on our 
website should not be considered to be part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Business Overview 

We derive our revenue principally from the sale of telecommunication services, including local 
and  long-distance  telephone  (both  traditional  telephone  service  and  VOIP),  high-speed  broadband 
Internet, and standard and high-definition digital IPTV services to residential and business customers in 
Illinois, Texas and Pennsylvania.  We also derive revenues from two complementary non-core businesses:  
telephone  services  to  correctional  facilities  and  equipment  sales.    Prior  to  December  2010,  we  also 
derived revenues from our Operator Services business which we sold as of November 30, 2010.  Prior to 
March 2010, we derived revenues from our telemarketing and order fulfillment business which we sold as 
of  February  28,  2010.    We  operate  in  two  reportable  segments:  Telephone  Operations  and  Other 
Operations.    Our  Telephone  Operations  segment  generates  the  substantial  majority  of  our  revenue  and 
operating income and substantially all of our cash flow from operations. 

Sources of Revenue 

The following chart summarizes our sources of revenue for the last three years: 

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions, except for percentages) 

$ 

2011 

2010 

2009 

% of  
Revenues 

% of  
Revenues 

$ 

$ 

% of  
Revenues 

Telephone operations: 

Local calling services 
Network access services 
Subsidies 
Long-distance services 
Data, 
services 

Internet  and  video 

Other services 

Total telephone operations 
Other operations 
Total operating revenue 

Telephone Operations 

86.9 
80.5 
45.4 
15.9 

80.3 
33.6 
342.6 
31.7 
374.3 

23.2 
21.5 
12.1 
4.2 

21.5 
9.0 
91.5 
8.5 
100.0 

91.9 
81.7 
48.7 
18.0 

75.2 
34.1 
349.6 
33.8 
383.4 

24.0 
21.3 
12.7 
4.7 

19.6 
8.9 
91.2 
8.8 
100.0 

97.2 
86.3 
56.0 
20.4 

68.1 
36.6 
364.6 
41.6 
406.2 

23.9 
21.3 
13.8 
5.0 

16.8 
9.0 
89.8 
10.2 
100.0 

Our Telephone Operations segment consists of local and long-distance calling services, network 
access services and subsidies, all of which are related to our traditional wireline business.  Our telephone 
operations  segment  also  consists  of  data,  Internet  and  video  services  (including  DSL,  IPTV  and  VOIP 
telephone service) and other services.  Our Telephone Operations segment had the following service lines 
as of December 31: 

Residential access lines in service 
Business access lines in service 
Total local access lines in service 

VOIP telephone subscribers 
IPTV subscribers 
ILEC DSL subscribers 
Total broadband connections 

2011 

December 31, 
2010 

2009 

137,179 
90,813 
227,992 

9,199 
34,356 
110,913 
154,468 

140,660 
96,481 
237,141 

8,640 
29,236 
106,387 
144,263 

146,766 
100,469 
247,235 

8,665 
23,127 
100,122 
131,914 

CLEC access line equivalents (1) 

89,774 

81,090 

72,681 

Total connections 

472,234 

462,494 

451,830 

Long-distance lines (2) 

177,610 

172,856 

165,714 

(1)    CLEC  access  line  equivalents  represent  a  combination  of  voice  services  and  data  circuits.    The  calculations 
represent  a  conversion  of  data  circuits  to  an  access  line  basis.    Equivalents  are  calculated  by  converting  data 
circuits (basic rate interface, primary rate interface, DSL, DS-1, DS-3 and Ethernet) and SONET-based (optical) 
services (OC-3 and OC-48) to the equivalent of an access line.    

(2)   Reflects  the  inclusion  of  long-distance  service  provided  as  part  of  our  VOIP  offering  while  excluding  CLEC 

long-distance subscribers.  

Our Telephone Operations segment generated approximately $130.0 million and $115.4 million 
of cash flows from operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  As 
of December 31, 2011, our Telephone Operations had total assets of approximately $1.2 billion. 

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Local calling services  

These  services  include  dial  tone  and  other  basic  services.    We  generally  charge  residential  and 
business  customers  a  fixed  monthly  rate  for  access  to  the  network  and  for  originating  and  receiving 
telephone calls within their local calling area. 

Custom calling features include caller name and number identification, call forwarding and call 
waiting.    Value-added  services  include  usage-based  services  and  voice  mail.    We  usually  charge  a  flat 
monthly  fee  for  custom  calling  features  and  value-added  services.    Otherwise,  we  bundle  the  selected 
services with local calling services at a discounted rate. 

We  offer  private  lines  that  provide  direct  connections  between  two  or  more  local  locations—
primarily  to  business  customers—at  flat  monthly  rates.    In  all  of  our  markets,  we  offer  small-  and 
medium-sized businesses  a hosted VOIP package, which utilizes  a soft switch and allows the customer 
the  flexibility  of  utilizing  new  telephone  technology  and  features  without  investing  in  a  new  telephone 
system.  The package bundles local service, calling features, Internet protocol (“IP”) business telephones 
and  unified  messaging,  which  integrates  multiple  messaging  technologies  into  a  single  system,  such  as 
allowing the customer to receive and listen to voice messages through email.  We offer similar products to 
our residential customers in Texas, Pennsylvania and Illinois. 

Network access services  

A  significant  portion of  our  revenue  comes  from  network  access  charges  paid  by  long-distance 
and  other  carriers  for  originating  or  terminating  calls  within  our  service  areas.    These  services  allow 
customers  to  make  or  receive  calls  in  our  service  area.    Our  long-distance  customers  typically  pay  a 
monthly  fee  for  this  service.    In  addition,  other  carriers  pay  network  access  charges  for  originating  or 
terminating calls within our service areas.  These charges, which are regulated, also apply to private lines 
that connect a customer in one of our service areas to a location outside of our service areas.  Network 
access charges include subscriber line charges (a fee for being connected to the telephone network), local 
number  portability  fees  (whereby  consumers  can  keep  their  telephone  number  when  changing  carriers) 
and  universal  services  surcharges,  as  well  as  the  costs  of  originating  and  terminating  calls  from/to  our 
local exchanges.  The amount of network access revenues we receive is based on rates set or approved by 
federal and state regulatory commissions or as directed by law that are subject to change at any time. 

We  capture  the  details  of  long-distance  and  switched  access  calls  through  our  carrier  access 
billing system and bill the applicable carriers on a monthly basis.  The network access rates for intrastate 
long-distance  calls  and  private  lines  within  Texas  and  Pennsylvania  are  regulated  and  approved  by  the 
Public  Utility  Commission  of  Texas  (“PUCT”)  and  the  Pennsylvania  Public  Utility  Commission 
(“PAPUC”),  respectively.    Access  rates  for  interstate  long-distance  calls  and  private  lines  are  regulated 
and  approved  by  the  Federal  Communications  Commission  (“FCC”).    Illinois  passed  a  statute  in  2010 
requiring  intrastate  access  rates  in  Illinois  to  be  no  higher  than  interstate  access  rates.    There  is  no 
effective  regulation  of  the  intrastate  access  rates  by  the  Illinois  Commerce  Commission  (“ICC”).    See 
“Regulatory Environment—Federal Regulation” and “Regulatory Environment—Access Charges”. 

Subsidies  

Subsidies  consist  of  federal  and  state  subsidies  designed  to  promote  widely  available,  quality 
telephone service at affordable prices in rural areas.  Subsidies come from pools to which we and other 
telecommunications  providers,  including  local,  long-distance  and  wireless  carriers,  contribute  on  a 
monthly  basis.    Subsidies  are  allocated  and  distributed  to  rural  carriers  monthly  based  upon  their 
respective costs for providing local service.  Like access charges, subsidies are regulated by federal and 

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
state  regulatory  commissions.    In  Illinois,  we  receive  federal  but  not  state  subsidies.    In  Texas  and 
Pennsylvania, we receive both federal and state subsidies.  See “—Regulatory Environment” and Part I — 
Item 1A—“Risk Factors—Regulatory Risks”. 

Long-distance services  

Long-distance  services  enable  customers  to  make  calls  that  terminate  outside their  local  calling 
area.    We  offer  a  variety  of  long-distance  plans,  including  an  unlimited  calling  plan,  and  offer  a 
combination of subscription and usage fees. 

Data, Internet and video services  

Data,  Internet  and  video  services  include  revenues  from  providing  access  to  the  Internet  and 
IPTV services along with providing non-local private lines (typically inter-city).  We also offer a variety 
of  data  connectivity  services,  including  Metro  Ethernet  services  (both  copper  and  fiber-based), 
Asynchronous  Transfer  Mode  and  frame  relay  networks.    In  select  markets,  we  also  provide  virtual 
hosting services and collocation services.   

Although  we  expect  our  revenues  from  data,  Internet  and  video  services  to  grow  substantially, 
these products typically generate lower margins than our traditional wireline business (primarily due to a 
lack  of  subsidies  for  this  revenue  stream).    As  a  result,  as  we  replace  traditional  wireline  revenue  with 
revenue  from  data,  Internet  and  video  services,  our  margins  may  decline.    See  Part  II  —  Item  7—
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Trends and 
Factors that May Affect Future Operating Results”. 

Other services  

Other services include revenues from telephone directory publishing, wholesale transport services 
on  our  fiber-optic  network  in  Texas,  billing  and  collection  services,  inside  wiring  service  and 
maintenance.  

Other Operations 

Prior  to  2010,  our  Other  Operations  segment  consisted  of  Prison  Services,  Business  Systems, 
Market  Response  (telemarketing  and  order  fulfillment)  (“CMR”)  and  Operator  Services.    During  2010, 
we  sold  both  our  CMR  and  Operator  Services  businesses.    Our  on-going  Other  Operations  segment 
consists of two complementary non-core businesses: 

•  Prison  Services  provides  local  and  long-distance  service  and  automated  calling  service  for 

correctional facilities. 

•  Business  Systems  sells  and  supports  telecommunications  equipment,  such  as  key,  private 
branch exchange (PBX) and IP-based telephone systems, to business customers in Texas and 
Illinois.  We are an Avaya and ShoreTel distributor. 

Our Other Operations segment generated approximately $0.2 million of cash flows for operating 
activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 and used approximately $0.4 million in cash flow from 
operations for the year ended December 31, 2010.  As of December 31, 2011, Other Operations had total 
assets of approximately $6.4 million. 

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
See Part I — Item 1A—“Risk Factors—Risks Relating To Our Business—The State of Illinois is 

a significant customer, and our contracts with the state are favorable to the government.” 

Wireless partnerships 

 Wireless  partnership  investment  income  is  included  as  a  component  of  other  income.    Our 
wireless  partnership  investment  consisted  of  five  cellular  partnerships:  GTE  Mobilnet  of  South  Texas, 
GTE  Mobilnet  of  Texas  RSA  #17,  Pittsburgh  SMSA,  Pennsylvania  RSA  6(I)  and  Pennsylvania  RSA 
6(II).   

We  own  2.34%  of  GTE  Mobilnet  of  South  Texas  Limited  Partnership  (“Mobilnet  South 
Partnership”).   The principal activity of the Mobilnet South Partnership is providing cellular service in 
the Houston, Galveston and Beaumont, Texas metropolitan areas.  Because we have a minor ownership 
interest and cannot influence operations, we account for this investment using the cost basis.  Income is 
recognized only upon cash distributions of our proportionate earnings in the partnership.  We recognized 
income on cash distributions of $3.7 million from this partnership for the year ended December 31, 2011, 
and $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. 

We own 17.02% of GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17, which serves areas in and around Conroe, 
Texas.  Because we have some influence over the operating and financial policies of this partnership, we 
account  for  the  investment  under  the  equity  method,  recognizing  income  on  our  proportionate  share  of 
earnings.    Cash  distributions  are  recorded  as  a  reduction  in  our  investment.    For  the  years  ended 
December  31,  2011  and  2010,  we  recognized  income  from  this  partnership  of  $6.3  million  and  $4.9 
million, respectively and received cash distributions of $6.1 million and $4.8 million, respectively. 

San  Antonio  MTA,  L.P.,  a  wholly  owned  partnership  of  Cellco  Partnership  (doing  business  as 
Verizon Wireless), is the general partner for both GTE Mobilnet of South Texas and GTE Mobilnet of 
Texas RSA #17. 

We  own  3.6%  of  Pittsburgh  SMSA,  16.6725%  of  Pennsylvania  RSA  6(I)  and  23.67%  of 
Pennsylvania RSA 6(II) wireless partnerships, all of which are majority owned and operated by Verizon 
Wireless.    These  partnerships  cover  territories  that  almost  entirely  overlap  the  markets  served  by  our 
Pennsylvania ILEC and CLEC operations.  Because of our limited influence over Pittsburgh SMSA, we 
account for the investment using the cost basis.  For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we 
recognized  income  on  cash  distributions  from  Pittsburgh  SMSA  of  $7.4  million  and  $6.5  million, 
respectively.  The Pennsylvania RSA 6(I) and RSA 6(II) partnerships are accounted for under the equity 
method.  For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we recognized income of $9.7 million and 
$10.7  million,  respectively,  and  received  cash  distributions  of  $11.0  million  and  $10.9  million, 
respectively, from these partnerships. 

Customers and Markets 

Our Illinois local telephone  markets consist of  35 geographically contiguous exchanges serving 
predominantly  small  towns  and  rural  areas.    We  cover  an  area  of  2,681  square  miles,  primarily  in  five 
central  Illinois  counties:  Coles,  Christian,  Montgomery,  Effingham  and  Shelby.    We  provide  basic 
telephone services in this territory with 59,121 local access lines (averaging 22.1 lines per square mile) as 
of  December  31,  2011.    Approximately  59.3%  of  our  Illinois  local  access  lines  serve  residential 
customers,  with  the  remainder  serving  business  customers.    Our  Illinois  business  customers  are 
predominantly  small  retail,  commercial,  light  manufacturing  and  service  industry  accounts,  as  well  as 
universities and hospitals. 

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  21  exchanges  in  Texas  serve  three  principal  geographic  markets—Lufkin,  Conroe  and 
Katy—in  a  2,054  square  mile  area.    We  provide  basic  telephone  services  in  this  territory  with  119,889 
local access lines (averaging 58.4 lines per square mile) as of December 31, 2011.  Approximately 65.4% 
of  our  Texas  local  access  lines  serve  residential  customers,  with  the  remainder  serving  business 
customers.    Our  Texas  business  customers  are  predominately  manufacturing  and  retail  industries;  our 
largest business customers are hospitals, local governments and school districts. 

The  Lufkin  market  is  centered  primarily  in  Angelina  County  in  east  Texas,  approximately  120 
miles  northeast  of  Houston,  and  extends  into  three  neighboring  counties.    The  area  is  a  center  for  the 
lumber  industry  and  includes  other  significant  industries  such  as  education,  healthcare,  manufacturing, 
retail and social services. 

The Conroe market is located primarily in Montgomery County and is centered approximately 40 
miles  north  of  Houston.    Parts  of  the  Conroe  operating  territory  extend  south  to  within  28  miles  of 
downtown  Houston,  including  parts  of  the  affluent  suburb  of  The  Woodlands.    Major  industries  in  this 
market include education, healthcare, manufacturing, retail and social services. 

The  Katy  market  is  located  in  parts  of  Fort  Bend,  Harris,  Waller  and  Brazoria  Counties  and  is 
centered approximately 30 miles west of downtown Houston along the busy and expanding I-10 corridor.  
Most  of  the  Katy  market  is  considered  part  of  metropolitan  Houston,  with  major  industries  including 
administrative,  education,  healthcare,  management,  professional,  retail,  and  scientific  and  waste 
management services. 

The Pennsylvania ILEC territory consists of nine exchanges and covers 285 square miles, serving 
portions  of  Allegheny,  Armstrong,  Butler  and  Westmorland  Counties  in  western  Pennsylvania.    The 
southernmost  point  of  the  ILEC  territory  is  12  miles  north  of  the city of  Pittsburgh.   We  provide  basic 
telephone services in this territory, with 48,982 local access lines (averaging 171.9 lines per square mile) 
as of December 31, 2011.  Approximately 48.4% of our Pennsylvania local access lines in this territory 
serve residential customers and the remainder service business customers.  The CLEC operations expand 
south to serve the city of Pittsburgh and north to serve the city of Butler.  The CLEC primarily targets 
small to mid-sized businesses, educational institutions, and healthcare facilities. 

Sales and Marketing 

Telephone Operations 

The  key  components  of  our  overall  marketing  strategy  in  the  Telephone  Operations  segment 

include: 

•  Organizing  our  sales  and  marketing  activities  around  our  consumer,  enterprise,  and  carrier 

customers; 

•  Positioning ourselves as a single point of contact for our customers’ communications needs; 
•  Providing customers with a broad array of voice, data and video services and bundling these 

services whenever possible; 

•  Providing excellent customer service, including 24-hour, 7-days a week centralized customer 

support to coordinate installation of new services, repair and maintenance functions; 

•  Developing  and  delivering  new  services  to  meet  evolving  customer  needs  and  market 

demands; and 

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Leveraging  our  history  and 

local  communities  and  expanding 
“Consolidated  Communications”  and  “Consolidated”  brand  recognition  across  all  market 
areas. 

involvement  with 

Our sales strategy is focused on increasing our penetration of broadband services (especially DSL 
and IPTV) in our service areas.  We are also focused on cross-selling our services, developing additional 
services to maximize revenues and increase revenues per user, and increasing customer loyalty through 
superior service, local presence and compelling product offerings. 

Our  Telephone  Operations  segment  currently  has 

three  sales  channels:  call  centers, 
communication centers  and commissioned sales people.  Our  customer service call  centers  serve  as the 
primary sales channels for consumer and small business enterprise customers.  We also have a group of 
commissioned sales people, called our “Feet on the Street” team, who focus on the consumer business.  
This team canvasses our territories offering residential customers our full suite of products, leading with 
our  triple-play  bundled  offering  of  voice,  DSL,  and  IPTV  services.    In  addition  to  being  a  strong  sales 
point of contact, this sales effort also helps us to identify and address customer service issues, if any, on a 
proactive, face-to-face basis.  This team of individuals can be scaled up or down to match our business 
needs, including, for example, if we launch a new product.   

In both the ILEC and CLEC markets, we have sales teams led by a manager who has geographic 
market responsibility.  Sales representatives/account managers support the existing base of larger business 
enterprises  and  new  prospects.    Individual  sales  representatives  are  responsible  for  the  entire  telecom 
product  set  and  customize  proposals  to  meet  the  customer  needs  (access  lines,  long-distance,  Metro-
Ethernet circuits, data connectivity, hosted VOIP and business systems).  In most cases individual sales 
representatives  are  also  charged  with  retaining  and  growing  the  telecom  services  within  their  account 
base. 

Our  customers  can  also  visit  one  of  our  seven  communications  centers  to  address  various 
communications needs, including paying bills or exploring and purchasing new services.  We believe that 
customer  availability  to  communication  centers  has  helped  decrease  late  payments  and  bad  debt,  and 
reinforces our local presence. 

Our  Telephone  Operations  sales  efforts  are  supported  by  direct  mail,  bill  inserts,  newspaper 

advertising, public relations activities, sponsorship of community events and website promotions. 

Our Carrier Services sales effort is led by a dedicated team and addresses the growing wireless backhaul 
business,  as  well  as,  dedicated  and  switched  access  services  and  large  institutional  and  governmental 
opportunities  within  and  near  our  geographic  markets.  The  Carrier  Services  team  also  focuses  on  the 
legacy  competitive  industry  participants  such  as  IXCs,  CAPs,  LECs  and  CLECs.  The  Carrier  Services 
sales  effort  is  supported  by  sales  engineers  and  provisioning  resources  which  leverage  the  common 
infrastructure which supports the rest of the Company. Our carrier networks include our local exchange 
carrier and regional long haul fiber-based ringed networks in Texas, Illinois and Pennsylvania with Texas 
having a transport business unit to support our large regional fiber network. 

Our Directory Publishing business is supported by a dedicated sales force, which is focused on 
each of the directory markets in order to maximize sales with both traditional print and online advertising 
products.  We believe the directory business has been an efficient tool for marketing our telecom services 
and for promoting brand development and awareness. 

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Operations 

Each  of  our  Other  Operations  businesses  executes  our  sales  and  marketing  strategy  primarily 
through an independent sales and marketing team comprised of dedicated field sales account managers, 
management  and  service  representatives.    Our  executives  enhance  these  efforts  by  attending  industry 
trade shows and assuming leadership roles in industry groups including the U.S. Telecom Association, the 
Associated  Communications  Companies  of  America,  and 
Independent  Telephone  and 
Telecommunications Alliance. 

the 

Information Technology and Support Systems 

Our  information  technology  and  support  systems  staff  is  a  seasoned  organization  that  supports 
day-to-day  operations  and  develops  system  enhancements.    The  technology  supporting  our  Telephone 
Operations segment is centered on a core of commercially available and internally maintained systems. 

We  have  successfully  migrated  most  of  the  key  business  processes  from  previous  acquisitions 
into  a  single  Company-wide  system  and  platform,  which  includes  common  network  provisioning, 
network  management,  workforce  management  systems  and  financial  systems.    Our  core  systems  and 
hardware platforms are expandable. 

Network Architecture and Technology 

All  of  our  local  networks  are  based  on  Carrier  Serving  Area  (“CSA”)  architecture.    CSA 
architecture allows access equipment to be placed closer to customer premises, which means customers 
can be connected to the equipment over shorter copper loops than would be possible if all customers were 
connected  directly  to  the  carrier’s  main  switch.    The  access  equipment  is  connected  back  to  the  main 
switch on a high capacity fiber circuit, resulting in extensive fiber deployment throughout our network, 
enabling us to provide broadband services in excess of 20 megabits per second (“mbps”) to customers. 

A single engineering team is responsible for the overall architecture and inter-operability of the 
various  elements  within  our  network  in  support  of  our  consumer,  enterprise  and  carrier  groups.    Our 
network operations center (“NOC”) in Mattoon, Illinois monitors the performance of our enterprise-wide 
communications network around the clock and deals with customer-specific issues.  We believe our NOC 
allows  us  to  maintain  superior  network  performance  standards  using  common  network  systems  and 
platforms, allowing us to quickly and efficiently provide weekend and after-hours coverage in all of our 
markets while allocating personnel to manage fluctuations in our workload volumes in a more efficient 
manner. 

Our network is supported by advanced 100% digital switches, with a fiber network connecting 64 
of our 65 exchanges.  These switches provide all of our local telephone customers with access to custom 
calling features, value-added services and dial-up Internet access.  We have four additional switches: one 
that supports feature-rich VOIP, two dedicated to long-distance service and one that supports our Prison 
Services business.  

We have developed a high-quality 100% digital switching network, comprising 65 central offices 
and 487 CSAs.  The CSA architecture has enabled us to provide DSL service, with speeds up to 6 mbps, 
to over 96% of our DSL lines.  In addition, we have deployed fiber-optic cable extensively throughout our 
network, resulting in a 100% fiber backbone network that supports all of the inter-office and host-remote 
links, as well as the majority of business parks within our ILEC service areas. 

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As a result of our advanced network, we introduced IPTV service in selected Illinois markets in 
2005, Texas markets in 2006 and Pennsylvania markets in 2008.  We leverage our high definition head-
end  equipment  in  Illinois  and  distribute  content  across  our  three  state  backbone  network  allowing  the 
Company to better  manage  costs  of  future  channel  additions  and upgrades.    As  of  December  31, 2011, 
IPTV  was  available  to  approximately  212,000  homes  in  our  markets.    Our  IPTV  subscriber  base 
continues  to  grow  and  now  totals  34,356  subscribers  as  of  December  31,  2011.    We  do  not  anticipate 
having  to  make  any  material  capital  upgrades  to  our  network  infrastructure  in  connection  with  the 
continued growth of our IPTV product except for providing set-top boxes to future subscribers and adding 
head-end equipment and capacity as we further increase our high-definition channel offerings. 

We  also  operate  a  2,000  mile  fiber  network  in  the  State  of  Texas.    Approximately  52%  of  this 
network consists of cable sheath that we own, either directly or through our majority-owned subsidiary 
East Texas Fiber Line, Inc. (“ETFL”).   

For  the  remaining  route-miles  of  this  network,  we  utilize  strands  on  third-party  fiber  networks 
under contracts commonly known as indefeasible rights of use (“IRU”).  An IRU conveys the right to use 
(including the right to lease to others) a number of fiber strands between two points along a specific route, 
with the grantee usually having the right to access the fibers at intermediate points along the route.  The 
use of IRU’s provides us with long-term availability of a fixed amount of capacity at a set price in order 
to meet our business needs without the cost of constructing our own network.  Besides the initial cost to 
acquire the IRU, we are also typically required to pay an ongoing maintenance fee.  The use of IRU’s is a 
common practice among telecommunications companies.  

We sell competitive wholesale capacity on our fiber network to other carriers, wireless providers, 
CLECs and large commercial customers.  In addition, this fiber infrastructure provides the connectivity 
required  to  provide  IPTV,  Internet  and  long-distance  services  to  all  Consolidated  residential  and 
enterprise customers.   

In  Pennsylvania,  we  operate  a  CLEC  with  an  extensive  network  consisting  of  over  575  route-
miles of fiber-optic facilities in the Pittsburgh metropolitan area.  The CLEC has placed equipment in 27 
Verizon  central  offices  and  one  CenturyLink  central  office,  and  serves  its  customers  using  UNE  loops, 
VOIP  and  Metro  Ethernet  circuits  (both  copper  and  fiber-based).    In  the  Pittsburgh  market,  the  CLEC 
operates a carrier hotel that serves as the hub for its fiber-optic network.  We offer space in this carrier 
hotel to ISPs, long-distance carriers, other CLECs, and other customers who need a carrier-class location 
to house voice and data equipment and access to a number of networks, including ours. 

Employees 

At December 31, 2011, we had 940 full-time and 23 part-time employees.  Approximately 50% 

of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements as shown in the table below:       

Location 

Illinois 
Lufkin/Conroe, Texas 
Pennsylvania (ILEC) 
Katy, Texas 
Pennsylvania (CLEC) 
Totals 

# of  
Employees 
Covered 

Union  
(1) 

Contract 
Expiration 
Date 

198 
IBEW 
182  CWA 
51  CWA 
38  CWA 
10  CWA 
479 

11/14/2012 
10/15/2013 
09/30/2011 (2) 
02/28/2014 
02/29/2012 

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  IBEW – International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers 

CWA – Communication Workers of America 

(2)  The Company and the CWA are currently in negotiations on a new collective bargaining agreement.  Since 

the contract has expired the employees have continued to work without a bargaining agreement. 

As  a  whole,  we  believe  our  relations  with  our  employees  are  good;  however,  we  have  been  in 
contract negotiations with our Pennsylvania (ILEC) CWA since September 2011 and since the contract 
has expired the employees have continued to work without a bargaining agreement.  Any protracted labor 
disputes  or  labor  disruptions  by  any  of  our  employees  could  have  a  negative  effect  on  our  financial 
results. 

During 2010, we reduced the number of employees by 66 full-time and 48 part-time positions as 

a result of the sale of our CMR and Operator Services businesses.   

See  Part  I  —  Item  1A—“Risk  Factors—Risks  Relating  To  Our  Business—We  have  employees 

who are covered by collective bargaining agreements and could be adversely affected by labor disputes”. 

Our Strengths 

Technologically advanced network 

We 

significant 

have  made 

advanced 
telecommunications  network.    As  a  result,  we  are  able  to  deliver  high-quality,  reliable  video,  data  and 
voice services in all markets we serve.  Our wide-ranging network and extensive use of fiber provide an 
easy reach into existing and new areas.  By bringing the fiber network closer to the customer premises, we 
can increase our service offerings, quality and bandwidth services. 

technologically 

investments 

building 

our 

Our  IP  backbone  network  provides  a  high-quality,  flexible  platform  that  allows  us  to  deliver 
broadband  applications  to  our  customers  at  competitive  prices.    Approximately  95%  of  our  total  local 
access lines were DSL-capable as of December 31, 2011, and approximately 96% of these DSL-capable 
lines are capable of speeds of 6 mbps or greater.  Metro-Ethernet, VOIP services, and other additional IP 
services  leverage  the  extensive  MPLS  (Multi-Protocol  Label  Switching)  core  network,  making  it  more 
efficient  and  scalable.    Our  existing  network  can  support  increased  IPTV  subscribers  with  limited 
additional network preparation thereby driving additional revenue growth. 

Attractive markets  

The  geographic  areas  we  serve  are  characterized  by  a  balanced  mix  of  growing  suburban areas 

and stable, rural territories.   

Our Lufkin, Texas and central Illinois markets have experienced only nominal population growth 
over the past decade.  As of December 31, 2011, 92,154, or 40.4%, of our local access lines were located 
in these markets.  These low growth, low customer density markets, along with the predominantly rural 
residential  character  of  these  areas,  have  limited  the  number  of,  and  product  offerings,  from  potential 
competitors in these areas.   

Our  Conroe  and  Katy,  Texas  markets  are  suburbs  of  the  Houston  metropolitan  area.    As  of 
December 31, 2011, 86,856, or 38.1%, of our local access lines were located in these markets.  Conroe 
and  Katy  have  experienced  above-average  population  and  business  employment  growth  over  the  past 
decade as compared to the remainder of Texas and the United States as a whole.   

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  Pennsylvania  ILEC  operates  in  a  territory  that  has  experienced  population  growth  as  the 
suburban communities in its territory have been expanding (the southernmost point of this territory is only 
12 miles from Pittsburgh).  For similar reasons, the ILEC has benefited from growth in business activity 
and  favorable  market  demographics.    As  of  December  31,  2011,  48,982,  or  21.5%,  of  our  local  access 
lines are located in our Pennsylvania ILEC territory. 

Our Pennsylvania CLEC assets provide telecommunications and broadband services south of our 
ILEC territory to customers in the metropolitan Pittsburgh area, and to the north of the ILECs territory in 
the City of Butler and surrounding areas.   

Broad product offerings and bundling of services 

We  are  able  to  leverage  our  long-standing  relationship  with  our  customers  by  offering  them  a 
broad suite of telecommunications and information services that enables us to pursue increased revenue 
per access line by selling additional services through a bundling strategy, which includes our triple play 
offering  of  voice,  DSL  and  IPTV  services.    Our  consumer  and  enterprise  customers  have  access  to  a 
broad  array  of  competitively  priced  advanced  television  programming,  data  and  voice  service  choices 
with  a  single  point  of  contact.    In  addition  to  providing  local  and  long-distance  telephone  service, 
customers can choose multiple speeds of DSL service and IPTV programming with over 230 all-digital 
channels, 60 high-definition (“HD”) offerings, video on demand programming and digital video recorder 
(“DVR”)  services.    We  also  offer  custom  calling  services,  carrier  access  services,  VOIP  service  to 
residential and business customers and directory publishing. 

By  bundling  our  service  offerings,  we  are  able  to  offer  and  sell  a  more  complete  package  of 
services,  which  we  believe  simultaneously  increases  our  average  revenue  per  user  (“ARPU”)  and  adds 
value for the consumer.  We also believe that bundling leads to increased customer loyalty and retention.  
As  of  December  31,  2011,  we  had  48,417  customers  who  subscribed  to  service  bundles  that  included 
local service and a selection of other services including custom calling features, DSL and IPTV.  

Experienced management team with proven track record 

With  an  average  of  over  25  years  of  experience  in  both  regulated  and  non-regulated 
telecommunications  businesses,  our  management  team  has  demonstrated  that  it  can  deliver  profitable 
growth  while  providing  high  levels  of  customer  satisfaction.    Specifically,  our  management  team  has  a 
proven track record of: 

•  Providing superior quality services to rural customers in a regulated environment; 
• 
Implementing successful business acquisitions and integrations; 
•  Launching and growing new services, such as DSL and IPTV; and 
•  Managing  CLEC  and  complementary  businesses,  such  as  transport,  business  systems  and 

directory publishing. 

Business Strategies 

Increase revenues per customer 

We continue to focus on increasing our revenue per customer, primarily by improving our DSL 
and  IPTV  market  penetration,  by  increasing  the  sale  of  other  value-added  services  and  by  encouraging 
customers to subscribe to our service bundles. 

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We provide IPTV service in all of the markets we serve.  We offer HD programming, video on 
demand and DVR service in all markets, which further increases our ARPU.  As of December 31, 2011, 
over 98% of our video customers have subscribed to our double or triple play offerings.  At December 31, 
2011,  we  had  34,356  video  subscribers  and  the  capability  of  offering  the  service  to  over  212,000 
households in our service territories. 

Improve operating efficiency 

Over  the  years,  we  have  made  significant  operational  improvements  in  our  business  which  has 
resulted  in  significant  cost  savings  and  reductions  in  headcount.    As  an  example,  in  2011  we  used  the 
departure of one of our senior executives as the occasion to conduct a company-wide reorganization that 
extracted  significant  cost  savings  and  created  a  dedicated  carrier  sales  team.    As  a  result,  we  achieved 
annual  cost  savings  of  $2.3  million.    We  started  to  recognize  these  benefits  in  the  second quarter.    We 
have  also  centralized  most  of  the  business  and  back  office  operations  from  our  acquisitions  into  one 
functional  organization  with  common  work  groups,  processes  and  systems  thereby  removing  redundant 
costs.  All of our ILEC businesses use a common billing system platform.  We have consolidated most of 
our principal accounting functions to our Mattoon, Illinois corporate office.  We also have consolidated 
all network operations into a single NOC.  We have reduced the number of customer care centers from six 
to two.  We now operate one residential customer care center in Texas and one business customer care 
center  in  Illinois.    Because  of  these  efficiencies,  we  are  better  able  to  deliver  a  consistent  customer 
experience, service our customers in a more cost-effective manner and lower our cost structure.  We have 
identified  and  continue  to  look  for  additional  projects  which  will  allow  us  to  reduce  our  cost  structure 
while launching new products and improving the customer experience.   

Maintain capital expenditure discipline 

Across  all  of  our  service  territories,  we  have  successfully  managed  capital  expenditures  to 
optimize returns through disciplined planning and targeted investment of capital.  For example, specific 
investments  in  our  IP  core  and  access  networks  allow  us  to  continue  to  have  significant  flexibility  to 
expand  our  new  service  offerings,  such  as  IPTV  and  Metro  Ethernet  services  in  a  very  cost-efficient 
manner while maintaining our reputation as a high-quality service provider. 

Pursue selective acquisitions 

We have in the past taken, and expect to continue to take in the future, a disciplined approach in 
pursuing the acquisition of access lines or operating companies. When we evaluate potential transactions, 
important considerations include whether or not: 

•  The market is attractive; 
•  The network is of appropriate quality; 
•  We can integrate the acquired company efficiently; 
•  There are significant potential operating synergies; and 
•  The transaction is cash flow accretive from day one. 

We  believe  all  of  the  above  criteria  were  met  in  connection  with  our  agreement  to  acquire 
SureWest Communications announced on February 6, 2012.  See Part I - Item 1- “Business – General”.  
We  will  initially  be  focused  on  integrating  SureWest  into  our  existing  operations  and  continuing  to 
deliver  solid  results  and  returns  for  shareholders.  However,  in  the  longer  term,  we  believe  that  this 

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
transaction gives us additional scale and better positions us financially, strategically and competitively to 
pursue additional acquisitions. 

Competition 

Competition for telecommunications and information services is intense.  Technological advances 
have expanded the types and uses of services and products available.  In addition, the lack of or a reduced 
level  of  regulation  applicable  to  comparable  alternatives  (e.g.,  cable,  wireless  and  VOIP  providers)  has 
lowered  costs  for  these  alternative  communications  providers.    As  a  result,  we  face  heightened 
competition  as  well  as  some  new  opportunities  in  significant  portions  of  our  business.    We  expect 
competition to remain a significant factor affecting our operating results in 2012 and beyond.  See Part I - 
Item  1A  –  “Risk  Factors  –  Risks  Relating  to  Our  Business  –  The  Telecommunications  Industry  is 
Constantly Changing and Competition is Intense”.  

Local telephone market 

In  general,  telecommunications  service  in  rural  areas  is  more  costly  to  provide  than  service  in 
urban areas as a lower customer density necessitates higher capital expenditures on a per-customer basis.  
As a result, it generally is not economically viable for new entrants to overlap existing networks in rural 
territories. 

Despite  the  barriers  to  entry,  rural  telephone  companies  face  significant  competition  for  voice 
services  from  wireless  providers,  cable  providers  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  competitive  telephone 
companies.  Cable providers have upgraded their networks with fiber optics and are able to provide fully 
interactive  broadband  voice,  data  and  video  communications.    Competitive  telephone  companies  have 
been  granted  permission  by  federal  law  and  state  regulators  to  offer  local  telephone  service  in  areas 
already served by a local telephone company.   

Industry  participants  are  increasingly  embracing  VOIP  service,  which  essentially  involves  the 
routing of voice calls, at least in part, over the Internet through packets of data instead of transmitting the 
calls  over  the  telephone  system.    While  current  VOIP  applications  typically  complete  calls  using  ILEC 
infrastructure and networks, as VOIP services become more widespread and technology advances, more 
calls may be placed without using the telephone system.  On March 10, 2004, the FCC issued a Notice of 
Proposed Rulemaking with respect to IP-enabled services.  Among other things, the FCC is considering 
whether  VOIP  services  are  regulated  telecommunications  services  or  unregulated  information  services.  
As  of  December  31, 2011,  this  proceeding  is  still  active;  however  the  FCC  has yet  to  issue a  decision.  
We cannot predict the outcome of the FCC’s rulemaking or how it will affect the revenues of our rural 
telephone companies.  The proliferation of VOIP, particularly to the extent such communications do not 
utilize our networks, may reduce our customer base and cause us to lose access fees and other funding. 

Mediacom, which serves portions of our Illinois territories, offers a VOIP service that competes 
with  our  basic  voice  services.    NewWave  Communications  offers  a  competing  voice  product  in  the 
portions  of  our  Illinois  territory  not  served  by  Mediacom.    In  addition,  both  Suddenlink  and  Comcast, 
cable competitors in Texas, offer a competing voice product.  In our Pennsylvania territory, each of the 
two incumbent cable providers, Armstrong and Comcast, offer a competitive VOIP service.  All of these 
companies  also  compete  with  us  for  video  and  high  speed  Internet  customers.    In  all  markets,  our 
competitors offer aggressive triple play packages of voice, video and Internet services.  In general, cable 
companies  have  modern  networks  and  the  capacity  to  serve  a  substantial  number  of  customers.    We 
estimate that cable companies now cover 85% of our territory. 

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wireless service 

Rural  telephone  companies  have  historically  faced  less  wireless  competition  than  non-rural 
providers of traditional wireline services because wireless networks in rural areas had generally been less 
developed.    Our  service  areas  in  Conroe  and  Katy,  Texas  and  in  Pennsylvania  are  exceptions  to  this 
general rule because they are close to major metropolitan areas.  As a result, we continue to see increasing 
competition  from  wireless  service  providers  in  these  markets.    We  have  experienced  a  decline  in  local 
access  lines  by  customers  choosing  to  eliminate  their  wireline  service  altogether  in  favor  of  a  wireless 
provider.    We  believe  that  wireless  substitution  will  continue  to  be  a  competitive  threat  in  the  years  to 
come. 

Internet service 

The Internet  services  market is highly competitive  and there are  few barriers to entry.  Internet 
services—meaning wired and wireless Internet access and online content services—are provided by cable 
providers, ISP’s, long-distance carriers and satellite-based companies.  Many of these companies provide 
direct  access  to  the  Internet  and  a  variety  of  supporting  services.    In  addition,  many  companies  offer 
access to closed, proprietary information networks. 

Cable  providers  have  substantial  transmission  capabilities,  can  carry  large  amounts  of  data  to 
large numbers of customers with increasing speeds and have a billing system infrastructure that permits 
them to add new services.  Industry sources expect, and we agree, that competition for Internet services 
will continue to be very competitive. 

Long-distance service 

The  long-distance  telecommunications  market  is  highly  competitive  and  faces  intense 
competition from cable and wireless providers who generally provide unlimited long-distance with their 
service packages.  As a result, the number of minutes of long-distance traffic we handle has declined as 
our customers have relied on and increased their use of wireless and other unlimited long-distance service 
packages. 

Other competition 

Our other lines of business are subject to substantial competition from local, regional and national 
competitors.    In  particular,  our  directory  publishing  and  transport  businesses  operate  in  competitive 
markets.    We  expect  that  competition  in  all  of  our  businesses  will  continue  to  intensify  as  new 
technologies  and  new  services  are  offered.    Customers  in  these  businesses  can  and  do  change  vendors 
frequently.  Long-term contracts are unusual, and those that do exist have cancellation clauses that allow 
quick  termination.    Where  long-term  contracts  are  in  place,  customers  are  renewing  them  for  shorter 
terms.  

Regulatory Environment 

The following summary does not describe all existing and proposed legislation and regulations 
affecting the telecommunications industry.  Regulation can change rapidly, and ongoing proceedings and 
hearings could alter the manner in which the telecommunications industry operates.  We cannot predict 
the outcome of any of these developments, nor their potential impact on us. See Part I —Item 1A—“Risk 
Factors—Regulatory Risks”. 

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview 

The telecommunications industry is subject to extensive federal, state and local regulation.  Under 
the  Telecommunications  Act  of  1996  (“Telecommunications  Act”),  federal  and  state  regulators  share 
responsibility for implementing and enforcing statutes and regulations designed to encourage competition 
and to preserve and advance widely available, quality telephone service at affordable prices. 

At the federal level, the FCC generally exercises jurisdiction over facilities and services of local 
exchange carriers, such as our rural telephone companies, to the extent they are used to provide, originate, 
or terminate interstate or international communications.  The FCC has the authority to condition, modify, 
cancel, terminate, or revoke our operating authority for failure to comply with applicable federal laws or 
FCC rules, regulations and policies.  Fines or penalties also may be imposed for any of these violations. 

State  regulatory  commissions,  such  as  the  ICC  in  Illinois,  PAPUC  in  Pennsylvania,  and  the 
PUCT in Texas, generally exercise jurisdiction over carriers’ facilities and services to the extent they are 
used to provide, originate, or terminate intrastate communications.  In particular, state regulatory agencies 
have substantial oversight over interconnection and network access by competitors of our rural telephone 
companies.  In addition, municipalities and other local government agencies regulate the public rights-of-
way  necessary  to  install  and  operate  networks.    State  regulators  can  sanction  our  rural  telephone 
companies or revoke our certifications if we violate relevant laws or regulations. 

Federal regulation 

Our rural telephone companies and competitive local exchange companies must comply with the 
Communications Act of 1934, which requires, among other things, that telecommunications carriers offer 
services  at  just  and  reasonable  rates  and  on  non-discriminatory  terms  and  conditions.    The  1996 
amendments  to  the  Communications  Act  (contained  in  the  Telecommunications  Act  discussed  below) 
dramatically changed, and likely will continue to change, the landscape of the industry. 

Removal of entry barriers 

The central aim of the Telecommunications Act is to open local telecommunications markets to 
competition while enhancing universal service.  Before the Telecommunications Act was enacted, many 
states  limited  the  services  that  could  be  offered  by  a  company  competing  with  an  incumbent  telephone 
company.  The Telecommunications Act preempts these state and local laws. 

The Telecommunications Act imposes a number of interconnection and other requirements on all 
local communications providers.  All telecommunications carriers have a duty to interconnect directly or 
indirectly  with  the  facilities  and  equipment  of  other  telecommunications  carriers.    Local  exchange 
carriers, including our rural telephone companies, are required to: 

•  Allow other carriers to resell their services; 
•  Provide number portability where feasible; 
•  Ensure dialing parity, meaning that consumers can choose their default local or long-distance 

telephone company without having to dial additional digits; 

•  Ensure that competitors’ customers receive non-discriminatory access to telephone numbers, 

operator service, directory assistance and directory listings; 

•  Afford competitors access to telephone poles, ducts, conduits, and rights-of-way; and 
•  Establish  reciprocal  compensation  arrangements  with  other  carriers  for  the  transport  and 

termination of telecommunications traffic. 

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Furthermore,  the  Telecommunications  Act  imposes  on  incumbent  telephone  companies  (other 
than  rural  telephone  companies  that  maintain  their  so-called  “rural  exemption”  as  our  subsidiaries  do) 
additional obligations to: 

•  Negotiate interconnection agreements with other carriers in good faith; 
• 

Interconnect their facilities and equipment with any requesting telecommunications carrier, at 
any  technically  feasible  point,  at  non-discriminatory  rates  and  on  non-discriminatory  terms 
and conditions; 

•  Offer their retail services to other carriers for resale at discounted wholesale rates; 
•  Provide  reasonable  notice  of  changes  in  the  information  necessary  for  transmission  and 
routing of services over the incumbent telephone  company’s facilities or in the information 
necessary for interoperability; and 

•  Provide, at rates, terms, and conditions that are just, reasonable, and non-discriminatory, for 
the physical collocation of other carriers’ equipment necessary for interconnection or access 
to UNEs at the premises of the incumbent telephone company. 

Access charges 

On November 18, 2011 the FCC released its comprehensive order on intercarrier compensation 
and universal service reform.  See Part I - Item 1- “Business – Regulatory Environment – FCC Access 
Charge and Universal Service Reform Order”. 

A  significant  portion  of  our  rural  telephone  companies’  revenues  come  from  network  access 
charges  paid  by  long-distance  and  other  carriers  for  using  our  companies’  local  telephone  facilities  for 
originating  or  terminating  calls  within  our  service  areas.    The  amount  of  network  access  revenues  our 
rural  telephone  companies  receive  is  based  on  rates  set  or  approved  by  federal  and  state  regulatory 
commissions, and these rates are subject to change at any time. 

Intrastate network access charges are regulated by state commissions.  Network access charges in 
our  Illinois  market  currently  mirror  interstate  charges  for  everything  but  local  switching.  Illinois  law 
requires that our intrastate access charges may not exceed our interstate access charges established by the 
ICC.  Interstate and intrastate network access charges in our Pennsylvania market also are very similar.  
In  contrast,  as  required  by  Texas  regulators,  our  Texas  rural  telephone  companies  impose  significantly 
higher network access charges for intrastate calls than for interstate calls. 

The  FCC  regulates  the  prices  we  may  charge  for  the  use  of  our  local  telephone  facilities  to 
originate  or  terminate  interstate  and  international  calls.    The  FCC  has  structured  these  prices  as  a 
combination of flat monthly charges paid by customers and both usage-sensitive (per-minute) charges and 
flat monthly charges paid by long-distance or other carriers. 

The  FCC  regulates  interstate  network  access  charges  by  imposing  price  caps  on  Regional  Bell 
Operating  Companies,  referred  to  as  RBOC’s,  and  other  large  incumbent  telephone  companies.    These 
price caps can be adjusted based on various formulas, such as inflation and productivity, and otherwise 
through regulatory proceedings.  Incumbent telephone companies, such as our local telephone companies, 
may elect to base network access charges on price caps, but are not required to do so. 

Historically,  all  of  our  rural  telephone  companies  had  elected  not  to  apply  federal  price  caps.  
Instead,  they  employed  a  rate-of-return  regulation  for  their  network  interstate  access  charges,  whereby 
they  earned  a  fixed  return  on  their  investment  over  and  above  operating  costs.    In  December  2007,  we 

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
filed a petition with the FCC seeking to permit our Illinois and Texas companies to convert to price cap 
regulation.    Our  petition  was  approved  on  May  6,  2008,  and  became  effective  on  July  1,  2008.    This 
conversion  gives  us  greater  pricing  flexibility  for  interstate  services,  especially  the  increasingly 
competitive special access segment.  It also provides us with the potential to increase our net earnings by 
becoming more productive and introducing new services.  On the other hand, we were required to reduce 
our  interstate  access  charges  in  Illinois  significantly,  and  because  our  Illinois  intrastate  access  charges 
generally mirror interstate rates, this conversion also resulted in lower intrastate revenues in Illinois.  In 
addition,  we  now  receive  somewhat  reduced  subsidies  from  the  interstate  Universal  Service  Fund 
program. 

Our Pennsylvania rural telephone company is an average schedule rate-of-return company, which 
means  its  interstate  access  revenues  are  based  upon  a  statistical  formula  developed  by  the  National 
Exchange Carrier Association (“NECA”) and approved by the FCC, rather than upon its actual costs.  In 
its  2006  and  2007  annual  revisions  of  the  average  schedule  formulas,  NECA  proposed  and  the  FCC 
approved  structural  changes  that  were  fully  phased-in  during  2008,  reducing  our  Pennsylvania  rural 
telephone company’s annual interstate revenues by approximately $3.7 million compared to periods prior 
to  the  phase-in  of  the  structural  changes.    The  NECA  and  the  FCC  may  make  further  changes  to  the 
formulas in future years, which could have an additional impact on our revenues.  Our Pennsylvania rural 
telephone company has the option to become a cost company, meaning its rates would be subject to its 
own  individual  cost  and  demand  data  studies,  but  this  option  would  be  irrevocable  if  exercised.    We 
cannot predict whether or when it would be advantageous to make this conversion. 

Traditionally, regulators have allowed network access rates for rural areas to be set higher than 
the  actual  cost  of  terminating  or  originating  long-distance  calls  as  an  implicit  means  of  subsidizing  the 
high cost of providing local service in rural areas.  Following a series of federal court decisions ruling that 
subsidies must be explicit rather than implicit, the FCC adopted reforms in 2001 that reduced per-minute 
network access charges and shifted a portion of cost recovery, which historically was imposed on long-
distance carriers, to flat-rate, monthly subscriber line charges imposed on end-user customers.  While the 
FCC also increased explicit subsidies to rural telephone companies through the Universal Service Fund, 
the  aggregate  amount  of  interstate  network  access  charges  paid  by  long-distance  carriers  to  access 
providers, such as our rural telephone companies, has decreased and may continue to decrease.  

Unlike the federal system, Illinois does not provide an explicit subsidy in the form of a universal 
service fund.  Therefore, while subsidies from the Federal Universal Service Fund offset the decrease in 
revenues  resulting  from  the  reduction  in  interstate  network  access  rates  in  Illinois,  there  was  no 
corresponding offset for the decrease in revenues from the reduction in intrastate network access rates.  In 
Pennsylvania  and  Texas,  the  intrastate  network  access  rate  regime  applicable  to  our  rural  telephone 
companies does not mirror the FCC regime, so the impact of the reforms was revenue neutral.   

In  recent  years,  carriers  have  become  more  aggressive  in  disputing  the  FCC’s  interstate  access 
charge rates and the application of access charges to their telecommunications traffic.  We believe these 
disputes have increased in part because advances in technology have made it more difficult to determine 
the identity and jurisdiction of traffic, giving carriers an increased opportunity to challenge access costs 
for their traffic.  For example, in September 2003, Vonage Holdings Corporation filed a petition with the 
FCC  to  preempt  an  order  of  the  Minnesota  Public  Utilities  Commission  asserting  jurisdiction  over 
Vonage.  The FCC determined that it was impossible to divide Vonage’s VOIP service into interstate and 
intrastate components without negating federal rules and policies.  Accordingly, the FCC found it was an 
interstate  service  not  subject  to  traditional  state  telephone  regulation.    While  the  FCC  order  did  not 
specifically address whether intrastate access charges were applicable to Vonage’s VOIP service, the fact 
that  the  service  was  found  to  be  solely  interstate  raises  that  concern.    We  cannot  predict  what  other 
actions  other  long-distance  carriers  may  take  before  the  FCC  or  with  their  local  exchange  carriers, 

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
including  our  rural  telephone  companies,  to  challenge  the  applicability  of  access  charges.    Due  to  the 
increasing  deployment  of  VOIP  services  and  other  technological  changes,  we  believe  these  types  of 
disputes and claims are likely to increase. 

Unbundled network element rules 

The  unbundling  requirements  have  been  some  of  the  most  controversial  provisions  of  the 
Telecommunications Act.  In its initial implementation of the law, the FCC generally required incumbent 
telephone  companies  to  lease  a  wide  range  of  UNE’s  to  CLECs.    Those  rules  were  designed  to  enable 
competitors  to  deliver  services  to  their  customers  in  combination  with  their  existing  networks  or  as 
recombined service offerings on an unbundled network element platform, commonly known as UNE-P, 
which allowed competitors with no facilities of their own to purchase all the elements of local telephone 
service from the incumbent and resell them to customers.  These unbundling requirements, and the duty to 
offer UNEs to competitors, imposed substantial costs on the incumbent telephone companies and made it 
easier  for  customers  to  shift  their  business  to  other  carriers.    After  a  court  challenge  and  a  decision 
vacating portions of the UNE rules, the FCC issued revised rules in February 2005 that reinstated some 
unbundling  requirements  for  incumbent  telephone  companies  that  are  not  protected  by  the  rural 
exemption, but eliminated the UNE-P option and certain other unbundling requirements. 

Each of the subsidiaries through which we operate our local telephone businesses is an incumbent 
telephone company and provides service in rural areas.  As discussed above, the Telecommunications Act 
exempts rural telephone companies from certain of the more burdensome interconnection requirements.  
However,  the  Telecommunications  Act  provides  that  the  rural  exemption  will  cease  to  apply  as  to 
competing cable companies if and when the rural carrier introduces video services in a service area.  In 
that  event,  a  competing  cable  operator  providing  video  programming  and  seeking  to  provide 
telecommunications services in the area may interconnect.  Since each of our subsidiaries now provides 
video  services  in  their  major  service  areas,  the  rural  exemption  no  longer  applies  to  cable  company 
competitors in those service areas.  Additionally, in Texas, the PUCT has removed the rural exemption 
telecommunications  services  furnished  by  Sprint 
for  our  Texas  subsidiaries  with  respect 
Communications, L.P. on behalf of cable companies.  We believe the benefits of providing video services 
outweigh the loss of the rural exemptions to cable operators. 

to 

Under  its  current  rules,  the  FCC  has  eliminated  unbundling  requirements  for  ILECs  providing 
broadband  services  over  fiber  facilities,  but  continues  to  require  unbundled  access  to  mass-market 
narrowband loops.  ILECs are no longer required to unbundle packet switching services.  In addition, the 
FCC found that CLECs generally are not at a disadvantage at certain wire center locations in regard to 
high  bandwidth  (DS-1  and  DS-3)  loops,  dark  fiber  loops  and  dedicated  interoffice  transport  facilities.  
However, where a disadvantage persists, ILECs continue to be required to unbundle loops and transport 
facilities. 

The  FCC  rules  regarding  the  unbundling  of  network  elements  did  not  have  an  impact  on  our 
Illinois  and  Pennsylvania  ILEC  operations  because  these  ILECs  have  rural  exemptions.    Our 
Pennsylvania  CLEC  operations  were  not  significantly  affected  by  the  2005  changes  to  the  UNE  rules 
because they use their own switching for business customers that are served by high capacity loops.  In 
July 2011, our Pennsylvania CLEC renewed, for a three-year term, a commercial agreement with Verizon 
that sets the terms of the pricing and provisioning of lines previously served utilizing UNE-P, including 
Verizon  switching  service.    Less  than  5%  of  our  Pennsylvania  CLEC  access  lines  are  provisioned 
utilizing this commercial arrangement.  Although the costs for this arrangement will increase over time 
pursuant to the terms of the agreement, our relatively low use of Verizon’s switching and our ability to 
migrate some of the lines to alternative provisioning sources will limit the overall impact on our current 
cost  structure.    The  CLEC  has  experienced  moderate  increases  in  the  overall  cost  to  provision  high-

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
capacity  loops,  interoffice  transport  facilities  and  dark  fiber  as  a  result  of  the  FCC’s  changes  to 
unbundling requirements for those facilities. 

In  2006,  Verizon  filed  a  petition  requesting  that  the  FCC  refrain  from  applying  a  number  of 
regulations to the Verizon operations in six major metropolitan markets, including the Pittsburgh market 
area.    Among  other  things,  Verizon  urged  the  FCC  to  forbear  from  applying  loop  and  transport 
unbundling regulations, claiming there was sufficient competition in the Pittsburgh market to mitigate the 
need for these rules.  The FCC denied Verizon’s petition in December 2007, but a federal court of appeals 
remanded this decision to the FCC for further analysis in 2009.  If the FCC grants this remanded petition 
or any similar forbearance petitions in markets in which our CLEC operates, our cost to obtain access to 
loop and transport facilities would increase substantially for the 5%, or less, of the lines provisioned under 
the commercial agreement discussed above.  

Promotion of universal service 

In  general,  telecommunications  service  in  rural  areas  is  more  costly  to  provide  than  service  in 
urban areas.  The lower customer density means that switching and other facilities serve fewer customers 
and  loops  are  typically  longer,  requiring  greater  expenditures  per  customer  to  build  and  maintain.    By 
supporting the high cost of operations in rural markets, Federal Universal Service Fund subsidies promote 
widely available, quality telephone service at affordable prices in rural areas.  In 2011, we received $45.4 
million  in  aggregate  payments  from  the  Federal  Universal  Service  Fund,  the  Pennsylvania  Universal 
Service Fund and the Texas Universal Service Fund.  In 2010, we received $48.7 million from the Federal 
Universal Service Fund, the Pennsylvania Universal Service Fund and the Texas Universal Service Fund. 

Federal  Universal  Service  Fund  subsidies  are  paid  only  to  carriers  that  are  designated  eligible 
telecommunications  carriers,  or  ETCs,  by  a  state  commission.    Each  of  our  rural  telephone  companies 
have  been  designated  an  ETC.    However,  under  FCC  rules  prior  to  2008,  competitors  could  obtain  the 
same level of Federal Universal Service Fund subsidies as we do, per line served, if the applicable state 
regulator determined that granting such Federal Universal Service Fund subsidies to competitors would 
be  in  the  public  interest  and  the  competitors  offered  and  advertised  certain  services  as  required  by  the 
Telecommunications Act and the FCC.  The ICC has granted several petitions for ETC designations, but 
to date no other ETCs are operating in our Illinois service area.  We are not aware that any carriers have 
filed  petitions  to  be  designated  an  ETC  in  our  Pennsylvania  or  Texas  service  areas.    In  May  2008,  the 
FCC adopted an interim cap on payments to ETCs that are not incumbent telephone companies, based on 
the  payments  received  by  such  companies  in  March  2008,  which  reduces  (but  does  not  eliminate)  the 
incentive for ETCs to seek to compete against our rural telephone companies. 

FCC Access Charge and Universal Service Reform Order 

On  November  18,  2011  the  FCC  released  its  comprehensive  order  on  Access  Charge  and 
Universal Service Reform.  The access charge portion of the order systematically reduces minute of use 
based interstate access, intrastate access and reciprocal compensation rates over a six to nine year period 
to an end state of Bill and Keep, in which each carrier recovers the costs of its network through charges to 
its  own  subscribers,  not  through  intercarrier  compensation.    The  reductions  apply  to  terminating  access 
rates  and  usage,  while  originating  access  will  be  addressed  by  the  FCC  in  a  later  proceeding.    To  help 
with the transition to Bill and Keep, the FCC created two mechanisms.  The first is an Access Recovery 
Mechanism  (ARM)  which  is  funded  from  the  Connect  America  Fund,  and  the  second  is  an  Access 
Recovery  Charge  (ARC)  which  is  recovered  from  the  end  users.    The  universal  service  portion  of  the 
order  shifts  the  national  policy  goal  from  voice  service  to  broadband  and  is  now  called  the  Connect 
America  Fund  (CAF).    In  order  to  receive  CAF  funding,  carriers  must  agree  to  provide  broadband 
capability  to  100%  of  their  customer  base  at  a  minimum  speed  of  4  Mbps  downstream  and  1Mbps 

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
upstream.  The current high cost funding program is frozen at 2011 levels and will be eliminated upon 
development and implementation of a CAF census block model.   

The order has already been appealed by state commissions and carriers including Consolidated.  
We filed our petition for review on January 18, 2012 and raised issues with the order pertaining to access 
rates, universal service and transition provisions.  In addition, several other carriers and associations have 
filed petitions for reconsideration at the FCC.  The timeframe and results of these appeals and petitions 
for reconsideration are not known at this time.        

In the FCC order, holding companies with price cap study areas and rate of return study areas are 
mandated to move all their interstate rate of return study areas to price cap for universal service purposes 
only.  The intercarrier compensation rules will keep rate of return study areas under the rate of return ICC 
transitions plan and the price cap study areas under the price cap ICC transition.   

State regulation of CCI Illinois 

Our  Illinois  Telephone  Operations’  long-distance  and  payphone  services  subsidiary  holds  the 
necessary certifications in Illinois (and the other states in which it operates).  This subsidiary is required 
to file tariffs with the ICC, but generally can change the prices, terms, and conditions stated in its tariffs 
on  one  day’s  notice,  with  prior  notice of  price  increases  to  affected  customers.    Our  Illinois  Telephone 
Operations’  other  services  are  not  subject  to  any  significant  state  regulations  in  Illinois,  and  our  Other 
Illinois Operations are not subject to any significant state regulation outside of any specific contractually 
imposed obligations. 

Our Illinois rural telephone company is certified by the ICC to provide local telephone services.  
This entity operates as a distinct company from a regulatory standpoint and is regulated under a rate of 
return system for intrastate revenues.  Although, as explained above, the FCC has preempted certain state 
regulations pursuant to the Telecommunications Act, Illinois retains the authority to impose requirements 
on our Illinois rural telephone company to preserve universal service, protect public safety and welfare, 
ensure quality of service and protect consumers.  For instance, our Illinois rural telephone company must 
file  tariffs  setting  forth  the  terms,  conditions,  and  prices  for  its  intrastate  services;  these  tariffs  may  be 
challenged by third parties.  Our Illinois rural telephone company has not had a general rate proceeding 
before the ICC since 1983. 

The ICC has broad authority to impose service quality and service offering requirements on our 
Illinois rural telephone company, including credit and collection policies and practices, and can require 
our  Illinois  rural  telephone  company  to  take  actions  to  ensure  that  it  meets  its  statutory  obligation  to 
provide  reliable  local  exchange  service.    For  example,  as  part  of  its  approval  of  the  reorganization  we 
implemented  in  connection  with  our  2005  initial  public  offering,  the  ICC  imposed  various  conditions, 
including (1) prohibitions on payment of dividends or other cash transfers from ICTC to us if ICTC fails 
to  meet  or  exceed  agreed  benchmarks  for  a  majority  of  seven  service  quality  metrics,  and  (2)  the 
requirement that ICTC have access to $5.0 million or its currently approved capital expenditure budget 
(whichever is higher) for each calendar year through a combination of available cash and credit facilities.  
During  2011,  we  satisfied  each  of  the  applicable  Illinois  regulatory  requirements  necessary  to  permit 
ICTC to pay dividends to us. 

The Illinois General Assembly has made major revisions and added significant new provisions to 
the  portions  of  the  Illinois  Public  Utilities  Act  governing  the  regulation  and  obligations  of 
telecommunications  carriers  on  a  number  of  occasions  since  1985.    In  2007,  the  Illinois  legislature 
addressed  competition  for  cable  and  video  services  and  authorized  statewide  licensing  by  the  ICC  to 
replace the existing system of individual town franchises.  This legislation also imposed substantial state-

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
mandated  consumer  service  and  consumer  protection  requirements  on  providers  of  cable  and  video 
services.  The requirements generally became applicable to us on January 1, 2008, and we are operating in 
compliance with the new law.  Although we have franchise agreements for cable and video services in all 
the towns we serve, this statewide franchising authority will simplify the process in the future.  In 2010, 
the Illinois General Assembly passed Public Act 96-0927, which updates the telecommunications statute, 
allowing ILECs, beginning January 1, 2011, to elect deregulation of local services.  To date, ICTC has not 
made  an  election  to  deregulate  its  local  services.    Under  this  option,  an  ILECs  rates  for  local  services 
would become “competitive” and no longer subject to rate of return regulation, and certain other service 
quality obligations would be reduced.  The electing ILECs would have obligations to make certain basic 
local  exchange  service  packages  available  to  customers.    Public  Act  96-0927  also  specified  that  local 
exchange carriers may not charge intrastate access rates at levels higher than their interstate access rates.  
The  Governor  of  Illinois  signed  the  bill  into  law  on  June  15,  2010.    The  Illinois  telecommunications 
statute  is  scheduled  to  sunset  in  2013.    In  the  past,  such  sunset  dates  in  telecommunication  legislation 
have led to further amendments to reflect changing industry technological and competitive conditions. 

State regulation of CCI Texas 

Our Texas rural telephone companies are each certified by the PUCT to provide local telephone 
services in their respective territories.  In addition, our Texas long-distance and transport subsidiaries are 
registered with the PUCT as interexchange carriers.  The transport subsidiary also has obtained a service 
provider  certificate  of  operating  authority  (“SPCOA”)  to  better  assist  the  transport  subsidiary  with  its 
operations  in  municipal  areas.    Recently,  to  assist  with  expanding  services  offerings,  Consolidated 
Communications  Enterprise  Services,  Inc.  also  obtained  a  SPCOA  from  the  PUCT.    While  our  Texas 
rural telephone company services are extensively regulated, our other services, such as long-distance and 
transport services, are not subject to any significant state regulation. 

Our Texas rural telephone companies operate as distinct companies from a regulatory standpoint.  
Each is separately regulated by the PUCT in order to preserve universal service, protect public safety and 
welfare, ensure quality of service and protect consumers.  Each Texas rural telephone company must file 
and maintain tariffs setting forth the terms, conditions and prices for its intrastate services. 

Currently, both of our Texas rural telephone companies have immunity from adjustments to their 
rates, including their intrastate network access rates, because they elected “incentive regulation” under the 
Texas Public Utilities Regulatory Act, or PURA.  In order to qualify for incentive regulation, our rural 
telephone  companies  agreed  to  fulfill  certain  infrastructure  requirements.    In  exchange,  they  are  not 
subject to challenge by the PUCT regarding their rates, overall revenues, return on invested capital, or net 
income. 

PURA  prescribes  two  different  forms  of  incentive  regulation  in  Chapter  58  and  Chapter  59.  
Under  either  election,  the  rates,  including  network  access  rates,  an  incumbent  telephone  company  may 
charge for basic local services generally cannot be increased from the amount(s) on the date of election 
without PUCT approval.  Even with PUCT approval, increases can only occur in very specific situations.  
Pricing flexibility under Chapter 59 is extremely limited.  In contrast, Chapter 58 allows greater pricing 
flexibility on non-basic network services, customer-specific contracts and new services. 

Initially, both of our Texas rural telephone companies elected incentive regulation under Chapter 
59  and  fulfilled  the  applicable  infrastructure  requirements,  but  they  changed  their  election  status  to 
Chapter  58  in  2003,  which  gives  them  some  pricing  flexibility  for  basic  services,  subject  to  PUCT 
approval.    The  PUCT  could  impose  additional  infrastructure  requirements  or  other  restrictions  in  the 
future.  Any requirements or restrictions could limit the amount of cash that is available to be transferred 

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
from our rural telephone companies to the parent entities, and could adversely affect our ability to meet 
our debt service requirements and repayment obligations. 

this 

things, 

  Among  other 

In  September  2005,  the  Texas  legislature  adopted  significant  additional  telecommunications 
legislation  created  a  statewide  video  franchise  for 
legislation. 
telecommunications  carriers,  established  a  framework  to  deregulate  the  retail  telecommunications 
services  offered  by  incumbent  local  telecommunications  carriers,  imposed  concurrent  requirements  to 
reduce intrastate access charges and directed the PUCT to initiate a study of the Texas Universal Service 
Fund.  The PUCT study submitted to the legislature in 2007 recommended that the Small Company Area 
High-Cost  Program,  which  covers  our  Texas  telephone  companies,  should  be  reviewed  by  the  PUCT 
from a policy perspective regarding basic local telephone service rates and lines eligible for support.  The 
PUCT  has  only  addressed  the  large  company  fund  and  has  no  immediate  plans  to  conduct  a  small 
company review.    

Texas universal service 

The Texas Universal Service Fund is administered by NECA.  PURA, the governing law, directs 
the PUCT to adopt and enforce rules requiring local exchange carriers to contribute to a state universal 
service  fund  that  helps  telecommunications  providers  offer  basic  local  telecommunications  service  at 
reasonable  rates  in  high  cost  rural  areas.    The  Texas  Universal  Service  Fund  is  also  used  to  reimburse 
telecommunications providers for revenues lost by providing Tel-Assistance and to reimburse carriers for 
providing lifeline service.  Our Texas rural telephone companies receive disbursements from this fund. 

In  2011,  the  Texas  legislature  passed  Senate  Bill  985  which  requires  the  PUCT  to  review  the 
large  and  small  company  Texas  Universal  Service  Funds  in  2012  and  report  back  to  the  legislature  by 
January 2013.  The PUCT began the large company fund proceeding in January 2012 and has announced 
that it will begin the small company fund proceeding in March 2012.  We expect that the impact of these 
proceedings, if any, would occur in 2013. 

State regulation of CCI Pennsylvania 

The  PAPUC  regulates  the  rates,  the  system  of  financial  accounts  for  reporting  purposes,  and 
certain aspects of service quality, billing procedures and universal service funding, among other things, 
related  to  our  rural  telephone  company  and  CLEC’s  provision  of  intrastate  services.    In  addition,  the 
PAPUC sets the rates and terms for interconnection between carriers within the guidelines ordered by the 
FCC. 

Price regulation in Pennsylvania 

Pennsylvania  intrastate  rates  are  regulated  under  a  statutory  framework  referred  to  as  Act  183.  
Under this statute, rates for non-competitive intrastate services are allowed to increase based on an index 
that  measures  economy-wide  price  increases.    In  return,  we  committed  to  continue  to  upgrade  our 
network  to  ensure  that  all  our  customers  would  have  access  to  broadband  services,  and  to  deploy  a 
ubiquitous broadband (defined as 1.544 mbps) network throughout our entire service area by December 
31, 2008, which we did. 

Pennsylvania universal service and access charges 

On  September  30,  1999,  as  part  of  a  proceeding  that  resolved  a  number  of  pending  issues,  the 
PAPUC ordered ILECs, including our Pennsylvania property, to rebalance and reduce intrastate toll and 
switched  access  rates.    In  that  same  order,  the  PAPUC  also  created  a  Pennsylvania  Universal  Service 

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fund (PAUSF) to help offset the resulting loss of ILEC revenues.  In 2003, the PAPUC ordered ILECs to 
further  rebalance  and  reduce  intrastate  access  charges  and  left  the  PAUSF  in  place  pending  further 
review.  In 2008, our Pennsylvania ILECs annual receipts from and contributions to the PAUSF total $5.2 
million and $0.3 million, respectively.  Our Pennsylvania CLEC receives no funding from the PAUSF but 
currently  contributes  $0.2  million  annually.    Since  Act  183  was  adopted  in  2004,  the  PAPUC  may  not 
require a local exchange carrier to reduce intrastate access rates except on a revenue neutral basis. 

In 2011, the PAPUC issued an intrastate access  reform order reducing intrastate access rates to 
interstate levels over a three step process beginning in March 2012.  With the release of the FCC order in 
October,  2011  the  PAPUC  has  temporarily  issued  a  stay  and  will  address  in  the  first  quarter  of  2012 
whether it will permanently stay the order, modify the implementation to coincide with the FCC order or 
implement as originally ordered.  The PAPUC will address state universal funding in 2012 pending the 
implementation of its access reform order. 

Local government authorizations 

In  Illinois,  we  historically  have  been  required  to  obtain  franchises  from  each  incorporated 
municipality in which our rural telephone company operates.  An Illinois state statute prescribes the fees 
that  a  municipality  may  impose  for  the  privilege  of  originating  and  terminating  messages  and  placing 
facilities  within  the  municipality.    Our  Illinois  Telephone  Operations  may  also  be  required  to  obtain 
permits for street opening and construction, or for operating franchises to install and expand fiber optic 
facilities.  These permits or other licenses or agreements typically require the payment of fees. 

Similarly,  Texas  incumbent  telephone  companies  had  historically  been  required  to  obtain 
franchises  from  each  incorporated  municipality  in  which  they  operated.    Texas  law  now  provides  that 
incumbent telephone companies do not need to obtain franchises or other licenses to use municipal rights-
of-way  for  delivering  services.    Instead,  payments  to  municipalities  for  rights-of-way  are  administered 
through  the  PUCT  and  through  a  reporting  process  by  each  telecommunications  provider.    Incumbent 
telephone companies are still required to obtain permits from municipal authorities for street opening and 
construction,  but  most  burdens  of  obtaining  municipal  authorizations  for  access  to  rights-of-way  have 
been streamlined or removed. 

Our  Texas  rural  telephone  companies  still  operate  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  municipal  franchise 
agreements in some territories served by Consolidated Communications of Fort Bend Company.  As the 
franchises expire, they are not being renewed. 

Like  Illinois,  Pennsylvania  operates  under  a  structure  in  which  each  municipality  may  impose 

various fees. 

Broadband and Internet regulatory obligations 

To date, the FCC has treated ISPs as enhanced service providers rather than common carriers.  As 
a result, ISPs are exempt from most federal and state regulation, including the requirement to pay access 
charges or contribute to the Federal Universal Service Fund.  Currently, there is a relatively limited body 
of  law  and  regulation  that  governs  access  to,  or  commerce  on,  the  Internet,  including  such  matters  as 
protection  of  children  from  exposure  to  indecent  content,  and  protection  of  private  consumer  data.    As 
Internet usage increases, government at all levels may adopt new rules and regulations or apply existing 
laws  and  regulations  to  the  Internet.    The  FCC  is  reviewing  the  appropriate  regulatory  framework 
governing  high  speed  access  to  the  Internet  through  telephone  and  cable  providers’  communications 
networks.    We  cannot  predict  the  outcome  of  these  proceedings,  and  they  may  affect  our  regulatory 
obligations and the form of competition for these services. 

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In 2005, the FCC adopted a comprehensive regulatory framework for facilities-based providers of 
wireline broadband Internet access service after determining that such service is an information service.  
This decision places the federal regulatory treatment of DSL service in parity with the federal regulatory 
treatment  of  cable  modem  service.    Facilities-based  wireline  carriers  are  permitted  to  offer  broadband 
Internet access transmission arrangements for wireline broadband Internet access services on a common 
carrier  basis  or  a  non-common  carrier  basis.    Revenues  from  wireline  non-common  carrier  broadband 
Internet access service are not subject to assessment for the Federal Universal Service Fund. 

VOIP  can  be  used  to  carry  voice  communications  over  a  broadband  Internet  connection.    The 
FCC  has  ruled  that  some  VOIP  arrangements  are  not  subject  to  regulation  as  telephone  services.    In 
particular, in 2004, the FCC ruled that certain VOIP services are jurisdictionally interstate, which means 
that states cannot regulate those applications or the service providers.  A number of state regulators filed 
judicial challenges to that decision.  Expanded use of VOIP technology could reduce the access revenues 
received by local exchange carriers like our ILECs and our CLEC.  We cannot predict whether or when 
VOIP providers may be required to pay or be entitled to receive access charges, the extent to which users 
will substitute VOIP calls for traditional wireline communications, or the impact of the growth of VOIP 
on our revenues. 

Video  service  over  broadband  is  lightly  regulated  by  the  FCC  and  states.    Such  regulation  is 
limited to company registration, broadcast signal call sign management, fee collection, service and billing 
requirements  and  administrative  matters  such  as  Equal  Employment  Opportunity  reporting.  IPTV  rates 
are not regulated. 

American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 

The  American  Recovery  and  Reinvestment  Act  of  2009  (“ARRA”)  allowed  for  two  major 
telecommunications activities to occur.  The first is to create $4 billion in grants and loans to help build 
broadband infrastructure.  This program will be administered by the Department of Agriculture’s Rural 
Utilities  Service  (“RUS”)  and  the  Commerce  Department’s  National  Telecommunications  and 
Information  Administration  (“NTIA”).    The  second  is  to  have  the  FCC  develop  a  national  broadband 
plan.     

Broadband Stimulus (ARRA)  

The ARRA program administered by NTIA is primarily a grant program, and the ARRA program 
administered  by  RUS  is  a  grant  and  loan  program.    Both  have  specific  target  areas  and  directives  and 
were required by Congress to complete the application and funding process by September 2010.  Rounds 
one and two of these programs have been completed.  Consolidated reviewed both program opportunities 
for  rounds  one  and  two  and  determined  that  neither  made  economic  sense  to  pursue  at  this  time.    The 
outcomes of both rounds one and two resulted in very few applicants receiving money and those that did 
cover very little of our geographic areas. 

National Broadband Plan  

On April 8, 2009, the FCC began the process of developing a national broadband plan that will 
seek  to  ensure  that  every  American  has  access  to  broadband  capability.    ARRA  requires  the  plan  to 
address  four  major  areas  of  broadband  deployment  and  use:  (1)  broadband  access  to  all  Americans 
effectively  and  efficiently,  (2)  affordability  and  utilization,  (3)  status  of  deployment  and  (4)  broadband 
advancement on civic and public services.  The plan, which was released on March 16, 2010, proposed 
changes to a number of FCC policies and regulations in an effort to promote these goals.  The FCC issued 

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the first of many notices of proposed rulemakings on the plan on February 8, 2011, addressing universal 
service, intercarrier compensation, VOIP calling and phantom traffic.  On November 18, 2011 the FCC 
released its comprehensive order on intercarrier compensation and universal service reform.  See Part I - 
Item  1-  “Business  –  Regulatory  Environment  –  FCC  Access  Charge  and  Universal  Service  Reform 
Order”. 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

Our  business  is  subject  to  certain  risk  factors  that  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  our 
business, financial condition or results of operations in future periods.  The risks described below are not 
the  only  risks  our  Company  faces.    Additional  risks  not  presently  known  to  us  or  that  we  currently 
consider immaterial  may also  materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results  of 
operations in future periods. 

Risks Relating to Current Economic Conditions 

Unfavorable  changes  in  financial  markets  could  adversely  affect  pension  plan  investments  resulting  in 
material funding requirements to meet our pension obligations. 

Our  pension  plans  have  investments  in  marketable  securities,  including  marketable  debt  and 
equity securities, whose values are exposed to changes in the financial markets.  We expect that we will 
continue to make future cash contributions to the plans, the amount and timing of which will depend on 
various factors including the finalization of funding regulations, future investment performance, changes 
in  future  discount  rates  and  changes  in  demographics  of  the  population  participating  in  the  Company’s 
qualified pension plan.  Returns generated on plan assets have historically funded a large portion of the 
benefits  paid  under  these  plans.    Sustained  returns  below  the  estimated  long-term  rate  of  return  could 
significantly  increase  our  contribution  requirements,  which  could  adversely  affect  cash  flows  from 
operations.   

Weak  economic  conditions  in  our  service  areas  could  cause  us  to  lose  subscriber  connections  and 
revenues. 

Substantially all of our customers and operations are located in Illinois, Pennsylvania and Texas.  
Our  customer  base  is  small  and  geographically  concentrated,  particularly  for  residential  customers.  
Because of our geographic focus, the successful operation and growth of our business depends primarily 
on economic conditions in the service areas of our rural telephone companies.  The economies of these 
areas, in turn, are dependent upon many factors, including: 

•  Demographic trends; 
• 

In Illinois, the strength of the agricultural markets and the light manufacturing and services 
industries,  continued  demand  from  universities  and  hospitals,  and  the  level  of  government 
spending; 
In Pennsylvania, the strength of small- to medium-sized businesses, healthcare and education 
spending; and 
In  Texas,  the  strength  of  the  manufacturing,  healthcare,  waste  management,  and  retail 
industries and continued demand from schools and hospitals. 

• 

• 

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Downturns  in  the  economic  conditions  in  the  markets  we  serve  could  cause  our  existing 
customers to reduce their purchases of our services and make it difficult for us to obtain new customers 
which could negatively impact local access lines and revenues. 

Risks Relating to Dividends 

This section discusses reasons why we may be unable to pay dividends at our historic levels, or at 

all. 

Our Board of Directors could, in its discretion, depart from or change our dividend policy at any time. 

We are not required to pay dividends and our stockholders do not have contractual or other rights 
to receive them.  Our Board of Directors may decide at any time, in its discretion, to decrease the amount 
of dividends, change or revoke the dividend policy, or discontinue paying dividends entirely.  If we do not 
pay dividends, for whatever reason, shares of our common stock could become less liquid and the market 
price of our common stock could decline. 

Our ability to pay dividends, and our Board of Directors’ determination to maintain our dividend 

policy, will depend on numerous factors, including: 

•  The state of our business, the environment in which we operate, and the various risks we face, 
including  competition,  technological  change,  changes  in  our  industry,  and  regulatory  and 
other risks summarized in this Annual Report on Form 10-K; 

•  Changes in the factors, assumptions, and other considerations made by our Board of Directors 
in  reviewing  and  adopting  the  dividend  policy,  as  described  under  “Dividend  Policy  and 
Restrictions” in Part II - Item 5 of this Annual Report; 

•  Our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity needs and capital resources; 
•  Our  expected  cash  needs,  including  for  interest  and  any  future  principal  payments  on 
indebtedness, capital expenditures, taxes, and pension and other postretirement contributions; 
and 

•  Potential  sources  of  liquidity,  including  borrowing  under  our  revolving  credit  facility  or 

possible asset sales. 

We might not have sufficient cash to maintain current dividend levels. 

While our estimated cash available to pay dividends for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 
sufficient to pay dividends in accordance with our dividend policy, if our future estimated cash available 
were to fall below our expectations, or if our assumptions as to estimated cash needs prove incorrect, we 
may need to: 

•  Reduce or eliminate dividends; 
•  Fund dividends by incurring additional debt (to the extent we are permitted to do so under the 
agreements  governing  our  then-existing  debt),  which  would  increase  our  leverage,  debt 
repayment obligations, and interest expense, decrease our interest coverage, and reduce our 
capacity to incur debt for other purposes, including to fund future dividend payments; 

•  Amend the terms of our credit agreement, if our lenders agree, to permit us to pay dividends 

or make other payments the agreement would otherwise restrict; 

•  Fund dividends by issuing equity securities, which could be dilutive to our stockholders and 

negatively affect the price of our common stock; 

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Fund dividends from other sources, such as by asset sales or working capital, which would 

leave us with less cash available for other purposes; and 

•  Reduce other expected uses of cash, such as capital expenditures. 

Over  time,  our  capital  and  other  cash  needs  will  invariably  be  subject  to  uncertainties,  which 
could affect whether we pay dividends and at what level.  In addition, if we seek to raise additional cash 
by incurring debt or issuing equity securities, we cannot assure that such financing will be available on 
reasonable  terms  or  at  all.    Each  of  the  possibilities  listed  above  could  negatively  affect  our  results  of 
operations, financial condition, liquidity and ability to maintain and expand our business. 

Because  we  are  a  holding  company  with  no  operations,  we  can  only  pay  dividends  if  our  subsidiaries 
transfer funds to us. 

As  a  holding  company,  we  have  no  direct  operations,  and  our  principal  assets  are  the  equity 
interests  we  hold  in  our  subsidiaries.    However,  our  subsidiaries  are  legally  distinct  and  have  no 
obligation to transfer funds to us.  As a result, we are dependent on our subsidiaries’ results of operations, 
existing and future debt agreements, governing state law and regulatory requirements, and the ability to 
transfer funds to us to meet our obligations and to pay dividends. 

Restrictions in our debt agreements or applicable state legal and regulatory requirements may prevent us 
from paying dividends. 

Our  ability  to  pay  dividends  will  be  restricted  by  current  and  future  agreements  governing  our 
debt, including our credit agreement, as well as the corporate law and regulatory requirements in several 
states. 

Based on the results of operations from October 1, 2005, through December 31, 2011, we would 
have been able to pay a dividend of $183.4 million under the restricted payment covenants in our credit 
agreement.  After giving effect to the dividend of $11.6 million, which was declared in November 2011 
and paid in February 2012, we could pay a dividend of $171.8 million under the credit facility.  

Under Delaware law, our Board of Directors may not authorize a dividend unless it is paid out of 
our surplus (calculated in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation law), or, if we do not have a 
surplus,  it  is  paid  out  of  our  net  profits  for  the  fiscal  year  in  which  the  dividend  is  declared  and  the 
preceding  fiscal  year.    Statutes  governing  Illinois  and  Pennsylvania  corporations  impose  similar 
limitations  on  the  ability  of  our  subsidiaries  that  are  incorporated  in  those  states  to  declare  and  pay 
dividends.   

State  regulators  could  require  our  rural  telephone  companies  to  make  capital  expenditures  and 
could limit the amount of cash those entities may lawfully transfer to us.  For example, the ICC imposed 
various  conditions  on  its  approval  of  the  reorganization  consummated  in  connection  with  our  initial 
public offering.  Those conditions prohibit our subsidiary, ICTC, from paying dividends or making other 
cash  transfers  to  us  if  ICTC  failed  to  meet  or  exceed  agreed-upon  benchmarks  for  a  majority  of  seven 
service quality metrics for the prior reporting year.  In addition, ICTC must have access to the higher of 
$5.0  million  or  its  currently  approved  capital  expenditure  budget  for  each  calendar  year  through  a 
combination of available cash and amounts available under credit facilities. In addition, the Illinois Public 
Utilities Act prohibits ICTC from paying dividends, except out of earnings and earned surplus, if ICTC’s 
capital is or would become impaired by the payment, or if payment of the dividend would impair ICTC’s 
ability to render reasonable and adequate service at reasonable rates, unless the ICC otherwise finds that 
the public interest requires payment of the dividend, subject to any conditions that regulator may impose.  

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The PAPUC has placed debt and transaction cost recovery restrictions for a three-year period that could 
have an impact to the payment of dividends. 

If our goodwill or other intangible assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant 
charge to earnings. 

We carry significant amounts of goodwill and other intangible assets on our books as a result of 
previous acquisitions.  Under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), we review our 
goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the 
carrying value may not be recoverable.  Goodwill and other intangible assets are required to be tested for 
impairment at least annually.  Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances indicating that 
the  carrying  value  of  our  goodwill  or  other  intangible  assets  that  have  infinite  useful  lives  may  not  be 
recoverable  include  a  decline  in  stock  price  and  market  capitalization,  future  cash  flows  and  slower  or 
declining  growth  rates.    We  may  be  required  to  record  a  significant  charge  to  earnings  in  our  financial 
statements  during  the  period  in  which  any  impairment  of  our  goodwill  or  other  intangible  assets  is 
determined, resulting in an impact to our results of operations and stockholders’ equity. 

Our estimated tax payments related to our federal income tax liability  will likely  increase in 2012 and 
remain higher in the future as we have utilized the majority of our federal net operating losses and may 
not be allowed bonus depreciation in future years, which may reduce the amount of cash available to pay 
dividends. 

Under the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”), a corporation that incurs losses in excess of taxable 
income (known as a “net operating loss,” or “NOL”) generally may carry the loss back or forward and use 
it to offset taxable income in a different period.  We have utilized the majority of our federal net operating 
losses (net of valuation allowances) and the $2.7 million balance that we have remaining is restricted by 
IRC to a utilization of $0.2 million a year through 2024.  Since the majority of our NOLs have been used 
or have expired, we will be required to pay additional cash income taxes.  Also, tax laws effect the cash 
payments  for  income  taxes.    The  Internal  Revenue  Service  has  elected  to  allow  accelerated  or  bonus 
depreciation  of  100%  in  2010  and  2011  and  50%  bonus  depreciation  in  2012.    With  the  reduction  of 
bonus depreciation in 2012 and elimination of any bonus depreciation in future years we will be required 
to pay additional cash income taxes.  The increase in our cash income tax liability may reduce the amount 
of cash available to pay dividends and could require us to reduce the amount of dividends we pay in the 
future. 

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock 

If we continue to pay dividends at the level currently anticipated under our dividend policy, our ability to 
pursue growth opportunities may be limited. 

We  believe  that  our  dividend  policy  could  limit,  but  not  preclude,  our  ability  to  grow.    If  we 
continue paying dividends at the level currently anticipated, we may not retain a sufficient amount of cash 
to fund a material expansion of our business, including any acquisitions or growth opportunities requiring 
significant  and  unexpected  capital  expenditures.    For  that  reason,  our  ability  to  pursue  any  material 
expansion  of  our  business  may  depend  on  our  ability  to  obtain  third-party  financing.    We  cannot 
guarantee  that  such  financing  will  be  available  to  us  on  reasonable  terms  or  at  all,  particularly  in  the 
current economic environment. 

Our organizational documents could limit or delay another party’s ability to acquire us and, therefore, 
could deprive our investors of a possible takeover premium for their shares. 

32

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A number of provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will 

make it difficult for another company to acquire us. Among other things, these provisions: 

•  Divide  our  Board  of  Directors  into  three  classes,  which  results  in  roughly  one-third  of  our 

directors being elected each year; 

•  Provide that directors may only be removed for cause and then only upon the affirmative vote 
of holders of two-thirds or more of the voting power of our outstanding common stock; 
•  Require  the  affirmative  vote  of  holders  of  two-thirds  or  more  of  the  voting  power  of  our 
outstanding  common  stock  to  amend,  alter,  change,  or  repeal  specified  provisions  of  our 
amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws; 

•  Require  stockholders  to  provide  us  with  advance  notice  if  they  wish  to  nominate  any 
candidates for election to our Board of Directors or if they intend to propose any matters for 
consideration at an annual stockholders meeting; and 

•  Authorize  the  issuance  of  so-called  “blank  check”  preferred  stock  without  stockholder 

approval upon such terms as the Board of Directors may determine. 

We  also  are  subject  to  laws  that  may  have  a  similar  effect.    For  example,  federal,  Illinois,  and 
Pennsylvania telecommunications laws and regulations generally prohibit a direct or indirect transfer of 
control  over  our  business  without  prior  regulatory  approval.    Similarly,  Section  203  of  the  Delaware 
General  Corporation  Law  restricts  our  ability  to  engage  in  a  business  combination  with  an  “interested 
stockholder”.    These  laws  and  regulations  make  it  difficult  for  another  company  to  acquire  us,  and 
therefore  could  limit  the  price  that  investors  might  be  willing  to  pay  in  the  future  for  shares  of  our 
common  stock.    In  addition,  the  rights  of  our  common  stockholders  will  be  subject  to,  and  may  be 
adversely affected by, the rights of holders of any class or series of preferred stock that we may issue in 
the future. 

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness and Our Capital Structure 

We have a substantial amount of debt outstanding and may incur additional indebtedness in the future, 
which  could  restrict  our  ability  to  pay  dividends  and  fund  working  capital  and  planned  capital 
expenditures. 

As of December 31, 2011, we had $880.0 million of long-term debt and $4.7 million of capital 
leases outstanding along with $47.8 million of stockholders’ equity.  This amount of leverage could have 
important consequences, including: 

•  We  may  be  required  to  use  a  substantial  portion  of  our  cash  flow  from  operations  to  make 
interest  payments  on  our  debt,  which  will  reduce  funds  available  for  operations,  future 
business opportunities and dividends; 

•  We may have limited flexibility to react to changes in our business and our industry; 
• 
•  We  may  have  a  limited  ability  to  borrow  additional  funds  or  to  sell  assets  to  raise  funds  if 

It may be more difficult for us to satisfy our other obligations; 

needed for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, or other purposes; 

•  We  may  become  more  vulnerable  to  general  adverse  economic  and  industry  conditions, 

including changes in interest rates; and 

•  We may be at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt. 

We currently expect our cash interest expense to be approximately $44.0 million to $46.0 million 
in  2012.    We  cannot  guarantee  that  we  will  generate  sufficient  revenues  to  service  our  debt  and  have 

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
adequate funds left over to achieve or sustain profitability in our operations, meet our working capital and 
capital expenditure needs, compete successfully in our markets, or pay dividends to our stockholders. 

If we cannot generate sufficient cash from our operations to meet our debt service obligations, we 
may  need  to  reduce  or  delay  capital  expenditures,  the  development  of  our  business  generally  and  any 
acquisitions.  If we became unable to meet our debt service and repayment obligations, we would be in 
default under the terms of our credit agreement, which would allow our lenders to declare all outstanding 
borrowings  to  be  due  and  payable.    If  the  amounts  outstanding  under  our  credit  facilities  were  to  be 
accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay in full the money owed. 

As of December 31, 2011, our credit agreement would have permitted us to incur approximately 

$133.2 million of additional debt.  However, additional debt would exacerbate the risks described above. 

Our  credit  agreement  contains  covenants  that  limit  management’s  discretion  in  operating  our  business 
and could prevent us from capitalizing on opportunities and taking other corporate actions. 

Among other things, our credit agreement limits or restricts our ability (and the ability of certain 

of our subsidiaries) to: 

Incur additional debt and issue preferred stock; 

• 
•  Make  restricted  payments,  including  paying  dividends  on,  redeeming,  repurchasing,  or 

retiring our capital stock; 

•  Make investments and prepay or redeem debt; 
•  Enter  into  agreements  restricting  our  subsidiaries’  ability  to  pay  dividends,  make  loans,  or 

transfer assets to us; 

•  Create liens; 
•  Sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries; 
•  Engage in transactions with affiliates; 
•  Engage in sale and leaseback transactions; 
•  Make capital expenditures; 
•  Engage in a business other than telecommunications; and 
•  Consolidate or merge. 

In addition, our credit agreement requires us to comply with specified financial ratios, including 
ratios  regarding  total  leverage  and  interest  coverage.    Our  ability  to  comply  with  these  ratios  may  be 
affected by events beyond our control.  These restrictions limit our ability to plan for or react to market 
conditions,  meet  capital  needs,  or  otherwise  constrain  our  activities  or  business  plans.    They  also  may 
adversely affect our ability to finance our operations, enter into acquisitions, or engage in other business 
activities that would be in our interest. 

A  breach  of  any  of  the  covenants  contained  in  our  credit  agreement,  or  in  any  future  credit 
agreement, or our inability to comply with the financial ratios could result in an event of default, which 
would  allow  the  lenders  to  declare  all  borrowings  outstanding  to  be  due  and  payable.    If  the  amounts 
outstanding under our credit facilities were to be accelerated, we cannot assure that our assets would be 
sufficient to repay in full the money owed.  In such a situation, the lenders could foreclose on the assets 
and capital stock pledged to them. 

We  may  not  be  able  to  refinance  our  existing  debt  if  necessary,  or  we  may  only  be  able  to  do  so  at  a 
higher interest expense. 

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  2011  we  amended  and  extended  $409.1  million  or  46.5%  of  our  credit  facility.    The  new 
amended and extended balance of the credit facility matures in 2017.  The remaining $470.9 million or 
53.5% of the original credit facility matures in 2014.  We do not expect earnings to be sufficient by 2014 
to  allow  repayment  of  the  maturing  facility,  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  refinance  those  loans.  
Alternatively,  any  renewal  or  refinancing  may  occur  on  less  favorable  terms.    If  we  are  unable  to 
refinance or renew our credit facilities, our failure to repay all amounts due on the maturity dates would 
cause  a  default  under  the  credit  agreement.    If  we  refinance  our  credit  facilities  on  terms  that  are  less 
favorable to us than the terms of our existing debt, our interest expense may increase significantly, which 
could impair our ability to use our funds for other purposes, such as to pay dividends. 

Effective  February  17,  2012  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  financing  for  the  SureWest 
transaction,  we  amended  our  credit  facility.    The  amendment  provides  us  with  the  ability  to  escrow 
proceeds from a high-yield note offering prior to closing the acquisition and, until closing, excludes the 
debt from current leverage calculations.  The amendment also permits us additional flexibility for future 
high  yield  notes  issuances  with  the  same  subsidiary  guarantees  as  the  current  credit  facility.    All  other 
terms, coverage, and leverage ratios were unchanged.  See Part II – Item 7 – “Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources – Credit 
Facilities”. 

Risks Relating to Our Business 

The telecommunications industry is constantly changing and competition is intense. 

The telecommunications industry has been, and we believe will continue to be, characterized by 

several trends, including: 

• 

Intense competition within established  markets from providers that  may offer  competing or 
alternative services; 

•  The  blurring  of  traditional  dividing  lines  between,  and  the  bundling  of,  different  services, 
such as local dial tone, long-distance, wireless, cable, and data, Internet and video services; 
and 

•  A  continuation  of 

that  allow  one 
telecommunications  provider  to  offer  increased  services  or  access  to  wider  geographic 
markets. 

trend  for  mergers  and  strategic  alliances 

the 

We  expect  competition  to  remain  intense  as  a  result  of  existing  and  new  competitors  and  the 
development  of  new  technologies,  products  and  services.    Consequently,  we  may  need  to  spend 
significantly more in capital expenditures than we currently anticipate to keep existing customers and to 
attract new ones. 

Many  of  our  voice  and  data  competitors,  such  as  cable  providers,  Internet  access  providers, 
wireless service providers, and long-distance carriers, have substantially larger operational and financial 
resources, own larger and more diverse networks, are subject to less regulation and have superior brand 
recognition.    In  addition,  due  to  consolidation  and  strategic  alliances  within  the  industry,  we  cannot 
predict the number of competitors we will face at any given time.  Competition could adversely affect us 
in several ways including the loss of customers and resulting revenue and market share, the possibility of 
customers  reducing  their usage  of  our  services  or  shifting  to  less  profitable  services,  our  need  to  lower 
prices or increase marketing expenses to remain competitive and our inability to diversify by successfully 
offering new products or services.  

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The use of new technologies by other companies may increase our costs and cause us to lose customers 
and revenues. 

The  telecommunications  industry  is  subject  to  rapid  and  significant  changes  in  technology, 
frequent  new  service  introductions  and  evolving  industry  standards.    Technological  developments  may 
make  our  services  less  competitive.    We  may  need  to  respond  by  making  unbudgeted  upgrades  or 
significant capital expenditures or by developing additional services, which could be expensive and time 
consuming.  If we fail to respond successfully to technological changes or obsolescence, or fail to make 
use of important new technologies, we could lose customers and revenues and be limited in our ability to 
attract new customers.  The successful development of new services, which is an element of our business 
strategy, is uncertain and dependent on many factors, and we may not generate anticipated revenues from 
such services, which would reduce our profitability.  We cannot predict the effect of these changes on our 
competitive position, costs, or profitability. 

In addition, we expect that an increasing amount of our revenues will come from providing DSL, 
VOIP and IPTV services.  The market for high-speed Internet access is still developing, and we expect 
current  competitors  and  new  market  entrants  to  introduce  competing  services  and  to  develop  new 
technologies.  Likewise, the ability to deliver high-quality video service over traditional telephone lines is 
a recent advance that is still developing.  The markets for these services could fail to develop, grow more 
slowly  than  anticipated,  or  become  saturated  with  competitors  with  superior  pricing  or  services.    In 
addition,  federal  or  state  regulators  may  expand  their  control  over  DSL,  VOIP  service  and  IPTV 
offerings.  We cannot predict the outcome of these regulatory developments or how they may affect our 
obligations  or  the  form  of  competition  for  these  services.    As  a  result,  we  could  have  higher  costs  and 
capital  expenditures,  lower  revenues,  and  greater  competition  than  expected  for  DSL,  VOIP  and  IPTV 
services. 

A system failure could cause delays or interruptions of service, which could cause us to lose customers. 

We have in the past experienced short, localized disruptions in our service due to factors such as 
cable  damage,  inclement  weather  and  service  failures  by  our  third-party  service  providers.    To  be 
successful, we need to continue to provide our customers reliable service over our network.  The principal 
risks to our network and infrastructure include physical damage to our central offices or local access lines, 
power surges or outages, software defects and other disruptions beyond our control. 

Disruptions may cause interruptions in service or reduced capacity for customers, either of which 

could cause us to lose customers and incur unexpected expenses. 

We  are  dependent  on  third-party  vendors  for  our  information,  billing,  and  network  systems,  as  well  as 
IPTV service. 

Sophisticated information and billing systems are vital to our ability to monitor and control costs, 
bill customers, process orders, provide customer service and achieve operating efficiencies.  We currently 
rely on internal systems and third-party vendors to provide all of our information and processing systems, 
as  well  as  applications  that  support  our  IP  services,  including  IPTV.    Some  of  our  billing,  customer 
service  and  management  information  systems  have  been  developed  for  us  by third  parties  and  may  not 
perform as anticipated.  In addition, our plans for developing and implementing our information systems, 
billing systems, network systems and IPTV service rely primarily on the delivery of products and services 
by  third-party  vendors.    Our  right  to  use  these  systems  is  dependent  upon  license  agreements,  some  of 
which can be cancelled by the vendor.  If a vendor cancels or refuses to renew one of these agreements, 
our operations may be impaired.  If we need to switch vendors, the transition could be costly and affect 
operating efficiencies. 

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  State  of  Illinois  is  a  significant  customer,  and  our  contracts  with  the  state  are  favorable  to  the 
government. 

In  2011,  2010  and  2009,  73.1%,  63.0%  and  45.4%,  respectively,  of  our  Other  Operations 
revenues were derived from our relationships with various agencies of the State of Illinois—principally 
the Department of Corrections through our Prison Services business (the sharp increase in the percentage 
of revenue generated from our relationship with the State of Illinois for our Other Operation segment in 
2010 and 2011 is the result of the loss of other revenue previously included in this operating segment due 
to the sale of our CMR and Operator Services business units in 2010). 

Our  relationship  with  the  Illinois  Department  of  Corrections  accounted  for  90.7%,  91.8%  and 
91.2%  of  our  Prison  Services  revenues  during  2011,  2010  and  2009,  respectively.    Our  relationship 
(initially  through  our  predecessor)  with  the  Illinois  Department  of  Corrections  has  continued 
uninterrupted  since  1990,  despite  changes  in  government  administrations.    Nevertheless,  obtaining 
contracts  from  government  agencies  is  challenging,  and  government  contracts  often  include  provisions 
that  are  favorable  to  the  government  in  ways  that  are  not  standard  in  private  commercial  transactions. 
Specifically, each of our contracts with the State of Illinois: 

•  Permits  the  applicable  state  agency  to  terminate  the  contract  without  cause  and  without 

penalty under some circumstances; 

•  Has  renewal  provisions  that  require  decisions  of  state  agencies  that  are  subject  to  political 

influence; 

•  Gives the State of Illinois the right to renew the contract at its option but does not give us the 

same right; and 

•  Could be cancelled if state funding becomes unavailable. 

The failure of the State of Illinois to perform under the existing agreements for any reason, or to 

renew the agreements when they expire, could have a material adverse effect on our revenues. 

We have employees who are covered by collective bargaining agreements and could be adversely affected 
by labor disputes. 

At  December  31,  2011,  approximately  50%  of  our  employees  were  covered  by  collective 
bargaining agreements.  These employees are hourly workers located in all of our service territories and 
are  represented  by  various  unions  and  locals.    Our  collective  bargaining  agreement  with  CWA  for  our 
Pennsylvania ILEC expired on September 30, 2011.  Employees continue to work without a contract and 
we  remain  in  negotiations  with  the  CWA  on  a  new  collective  bargaining  agreement.    All  the  other 
existing  collective  bargaining  agreements  expire  between  2012  through  2014.    While  we  believe  our 
relations  with  the  unions  representing  these  employees  are  good, any protracted  labor  disputes  or  labor 
disruptions by any of our employees could have a significant negative effect on our financial results and 
operations. 

If  we  cannot  obtain  and  maintain  necessary  rights-of-way  for  our  network,  our  operations  may  be 
interrupted and we would likely face increased costs. 

We need to obtain and maintain the necessary rights-of-way for our network from governmental 
and  quasi-governmental  entities  and  third  parties,  such  as  railroads,  utilities,  state  highway  authorities, 
local governments and transit authorities.  We may not be successful in obtaining and maintaining these 
rights-of-way or obtaining them on acceptable terms.  Some agreements relating to rights-of-way may be 

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
short-term or revocable at will, and we cannot be certain that we will continue to have access to existing 
rights-of-way  after  the  governing  agreements  are  terminated  or  expire.    If  any  of  our  right-of-way 
agreements were terminated or could not be renewed, we may be forced to remove our network facilities 
from the affected areas, relocate or abandon our networks.  This would interrupt our operations and force 
us to find alternative rights-of-way and make unexpected capital expenditures.  In addition, our failure to 
maintain the necessary rights-of-way, franchises, easements, licenses and permits may result in an event 
of default under our credit agreement.  

We  depend  on  certain  key  management  personnel,  and  need  to  continue  to  attract  and  retain  highly 
qualified management and other personnel in the future. 

Our success depends upon the talents and efforts of key management personnel, many of whom 
have been with our company and in our industry for decades.  The loss of any of these individuals, due to 
retirement or otherwise, and the inability to attract and retain highly qualified technical and management 
personnel  in  the  future,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and 
results of operations. 

Future acquisitions could be expensive and may not be successful. 

Our acquisition strategy entails numerous risks.  The pursuit of acquisition candidates could be 
expensive and may not be successful.  Our ability to complete future acquisitions will depend on whether 
we  can  identify  suitable  acquisition  candidates,  negotiate  acceptable  terms,  and,  if  necessary,  finance 
those acquisitions.  We may be competing in these endeavors with other parties, some of which may have 
greater  financial  and  other  resources  than  we  do.    Whether  any  particular  acquisition  is  closed 
successfully,  the  pursuit  of  an  acquisition  would  likely  require  considerable  time  and  effort  from 
management,  which  would  detract  from  their  ability  to  run  our  current  business.    We  may  face 
unexpected challenges in receiving any required approvals from the applicable regulator(s), which could 
delay or prevent an acquisition. 

If  we  are  successful  in  closing  an  acquisition,  we  would  face  several  risks  in  integrating  the 
acquired business.  For example, we may face unexpected difficulties entering markets in which we have 
little  or  no  direct  prior  experience  or  generating  expected  revenue  and  cash  flow  from  the  acquired 
company or assets.  We have in the past incurred significant integration and restructuring costs associated 
with  acquisitions  we  have  completed.    Although  we  would  expect  to  realize  efficiencies  from  the 
integration  of  businesses  that  will  offset  the  incremental  transaction,  integration  and  restructuring  costs 
over time, there can be no assurances that we would achieve such efficiencies to offset any expenses.   

Any  of  these  potential  problems  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business  and  our 
ability  to  achieve  sufficient  cash  flow,  provide  adequate  working  capital,  service  and  repay  our 
indebtedness, and pay dividends. 

Risks Relating to Our Agreement to Acquire SureWest 

The integration of the Company and SureWest following the merger may present significant challenges. 

We may face significant challenges in combining SureWest’s operations into our operations in a 
timely and efficient manner and in retaining key SureWest personnel. The failure to integrate successfully 
the  Company  and  SureWest  and  to  manage  successfully  the  challenges  presented  by  the  integration 
process may result in our not achieving the anticipated benefits of the merger, including operational and 
financial synergies. 

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We will have a substantial additional amount of debt outstanding after completing the merger, and may 
incur  additional  indebtedness  in  the  future,  which  could  restrict  our  ability  to  pay  dividends  and  have 
other consequences. 

We  have  a  significant  amount  of  debt  outstanding,  and  the  amount  will  be  higher  after 
consummation  of  the  merger.  The  amount  of  our  indebtedness  could  have  important  consequences, 
including  those  identified  in  this  Item  1A  of  our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2011 under the caption "Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness and Our Capital Structure". 

Obtaining required approvals and satisfying closing conditions may delay or prevent completion of the 
merger. 

Obtaining required approvals and satisfying closing conditions may delay or prevent completion 

of the merger. 

Completion  of  the  merger  is  conditioned  upon  SureWest's  shareholders  approving,  at  a  special 
meeting, the merger and our stockholders approving, at the annual meeting, the issuance of the common 
stock  to  SureWest  shareholders  in  the  merger.    If  the  shareholders  of  SureWest  or  the  stockholders  of 
Consolidated  do  not  approve  these  matters  at  their  respective  meetings  to  be  held  after  the  joint  proxy 
statement/prospectus related to the merger is effective, the merger will not be consummated.  

Completion of the merger is also conditioned upon the receipt of certain governmental consents 
and approvals, including approval by the Federal Communications Commission and the California Public 
Utilities  Commission.  These  consents  and  approvals  may  impose  conditions  on  us  or  SureWest.  Such 
conditions may jeopardize or delay completion of the merger or may reduce the anticipated benefits of the 
merger. Further, no assurance can be given that the required consents and approvals will be obtained or 
that  the  required  conditions  to  closing  will  be  satisfied.  Even  if  all  such  consents  and  approvals  are 
obtained, no assurance can be given as to the terms, conditions and timing of the consents and approvals 
or that they will satisfy the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger. 

Whether or not the merger is completed, we will incur transaction, integration and restructuring costs in 
connection with the proposed merger. 

We  have  incurred  and  will  continue  to  incur  significant  costs  in  connection  with  the  proposed 
merger, including fees of our attorneys, accountants and financial advisors. If the merger is consummated, 
we and SureWest expect to incur additional costs associated with transaction fees and other costs related 
to the merger. We will incur integration and restructuring costs following the completion of the merger as 
we  integrate  the  businesses  of  SureWest  with  those  of  the  Company.  Although  we  expect  that  the 
realization of efficiencies related to the integration of the businesses will offset incremental transaction, 
integration and restructuring costs over time, we cannot give any assurance that this net benefit will be 
achieved in the near term. 

Whether or not the merger is completed, the pendency of the transaction could cause disruptions in our 
business, which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results. 

These disruptions could include the following:  

•  Current and prospective employees may experience uncertainty about their future roles with 
the combined company, which might adversely affect SureWest’s and our ability to retain or 
attract key managers and other employees. 

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
•  Current and prospective customers of SureWest or the Company may experience variations in 
levels  of  services  as  the  companies  prepare  for  integration  and  may,  as  a  result,  choose  to 
discontinue their service with either company or choose another provider. 

•  The attention of management of each of SureWest and the Company may be diverted from 

the operation of the businesses toward the completion of the merger. 

Regulatory Risks 

The telecommunications industry is subject to extensive regulation that could change in a manner adverse 
to us. 

Our  main  sources  of  revenues  are  our  local  telephone  businesses  in  Illinois,  Pennsylvania  and 
Texas.    The  laws  and  regulations  governing  these  businesses  may  be,  and  in  some  cases  have  been, 
challenged in the courts, and could be changed by Congress, state legislatures, or regulators.  In addition, 
federal  or  state  authorities  could  impose  new  regulations  that  increase  our  operating  costs  or  capital 
requirements or that are otherwise adverse to us.  We cannot predict future developments or changes to 
the regulatory environment or the impact such developments or changes may have on us. 

Legislative or regulatory changes could reduce or eliminate the revenues our rural telephone companies 
receive from network access charges. 

A  significant  portion  of our  ILECs’  revenues  come  from  network  access  charges  paid  by  long-
distance and other carriers for using our local telephone facilities to originate or terminate long-distance 
calls in our service areas.  The amount of network access charge revenues that our ILECs receive is based 
on interstate rates set by the FCC and intrastate rates set by state regulators.  The FCC has reformed, and 
continues to reform, the federal network access system. 

 The  FCC  order  released  November  18,  2011  addresses  comprehensive  reform  of  all  access 
charges, state and interstate, as well as a complete overhaul of the universal service high cost program.  
The  full  impact  of  the  comprehensive  order  is  not  known  at  this  time,  and  the  FCC  through  various 
regulatory  processes  could  have  material  changes  to  its  initial  order.    In  addition,  there  are  several 
companies,  state  commissions  and  associations  that  have  filed  an  appeal  of  the  order,  including 
Consolidated.  It is unclear at this time what impact, if an, there would be from any of these processes.   

Our Pennsylvania rural telephone company is an average schedule rate of return company, which 
means  its  interstate  access  revenues  are  based  upon  a  statistical  formula  developed  by  NECA  and 
approved  by  the  FCC,  rather  than  upon  its  actual  costs.    The  formulas  are  reviewed  by  NECA  and  the 
FCC annually and there could be changes to the formulas in the future, which could have an impact on 
our  revenues.    Illinois  law  now  prohibits  our  Illinois  ILEC  from  charging  intrastate  access  rates  higher 
than its interstate access rates, regardless of our costs. 

Legislative or regulatory changes could reduce or eliminate the government subsidies we receive. 

The federal and state systems of subsidies, which constitute a significant portion of our revenues, 
may  be  modified.    On  November  18,  2011  the  FCC  released  its  comprehensive  order  on  intercarrier 
compensation and universal service reform.  See Part I - Item 1- “Business – Regulatory Environment – 
FCC  Access  Charge  and  Universal  Service  Reform  Order.”    The  PUCT  has  initiated  proceedings  to 
review the state high cost funds for large and small carriers.  The proceedings will take a comprehensive 
review of high cost funds and provide recommended changes to the legislature.   

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the last three years, the FCC has modified the Federal Universal Service Fund system to 
change the sources of support and the method for determining the level of support that will be distributed.  
The FCC is considering proposals for additional changes to the Federal Universal Service Fund.  These 
issues may become the subject of legislative amendments to the Telecommunications Act.  In addition, 
the Pennsylvania PUC has a proceeding to review its state universal service fund program.  As part of the 
proceeding, the PAPUC could attempt to override the current Pennsylvania statute 183 which provides for 
revenue offsets for any reduction to intrastate access.   

If our rural telephone companies do not continue to receive federal and state subsidies, or if these 
subsidies are reduced, these subsidiaries likely will have lower revenues and may not be able to operate as 
profitably as they have in the past.  

Proposed access and universal service reforms could have an adverse impact on our revenues. 

When the FCC issued its National Broadband Plan on March 16, 2010, it included proposals for 
comprehensive reform in the areas of access and universal service regimes, the treatment of VOIP traffic, 
broadband services and net neutrality, all of which could have an adverse impact on our revenues.  The 
FCC  issued  an  order  on  net  neutrality  on  December  23,  2010  implementing  three  core  principles:  1) 
Transparency  -  all  broadband  Internet  providers  must  disclose  network  management  practices, 
performance characteristics and commercial terms of service; 2) No Blocking - fixed broadband providers 
may not block lawful content, applications or services or the attachment of non-harmful devices; and 3) 
Nondiscrimination  -  fixed  broadband  providers  may  not  engage  in  unreasonable  discrimination  in 
transmitting  lawful  network  traffic.    Verizon  filed  a  lawsuit  on  January  20,  2011  to  reverse  the  FCC 
decision.  The court has not ruled on this lawsuit as of this date and there is no timeline on when the court 
will rule. 

The high costs of regulatory compliance could make it more difficult for us to enter new markets, make 
acquisitions, or change our prices. 

Regulatory  compliance  is  a  significant  expense  for  us  and  diverts  the  time  and  effort  of 
management  and  our  officers  away  from  running  the  business.    In  addition,  because  regulations  differ 
from state to state, it would be expensive to introduce services in states where we do not currently operate 
and  understand  the  regulatory  requirements.    Compliance  costs  and  information  barriers  could  make  it 
difficult  and  time-consuming  to  enter  new  markets  or  to  evaluate  and  compete  to  acquire  local  access 
lines or businesses as they arise. 

Our intrastate services generally are subject to certification, tariff filing and other ongoing state 
regulatory  requirements.    Challenges  to  our  tariffs  by  regulators  or  third  parties,  or  delays  in  obtaining 
certifications  and  regulatory  approvals,  could  cause  us  to  incur  substantial  legal  and  administrative 
expenses.  Moreover, successful challenges could adversely affect the rates that we are able to charge to 
customers,  which  would  negatively  affect  our  revenues.    Some  states  also  require  advance  regulatory 
approval of mergers, acquisitions, transfers of control, stock issuance, and certain types of debt financing, 
which can increase our costs and delay strategic transactions. 

Legislative and regulatory changes in the telecommunications industry could raise our costs and reduce 
potential revenues. 

Currently, there is only a small body of law and regulation applicable to access to, or commerce 
on, the Internet.  As Internet usage continues to grow, governments at all levels may adopt new rules and 
regulations or find new ways to apply existing laws and regulations.  The FCC currently is reviewing the 
appropriate  regulatory  framework  governing  broadband  consumer  protections  for  high-speed  Internet 

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
access  through  telephone  and  cable  providers’  communications  networks.    The  outcome  of  these 
proceedings may affect our regulatory obligations and costs and competition for our services, which could 
have a material adverse effect on our revenues. 

We  are  subject  to  extensive  laws  and  regulations  relating  to  the protection  of  the  environment,  natural 
resources, and worker health and safety. 

Our operations and properties are subject to federal, state, and local laws and regulations relating 
to  protection  of  the  environment,  natural  resources,  and  worker  health  and  safety,  including  laws  and 
regulations governing and creating liability in connection with the management, storage, and disposal of 
hazardous  materials,  asbestos  and  petroleum  products.    We  also  are  subject  to  laws  and  regulations 
governing air emissions from our fleets of vehicles.  As a result, we face several risks, including: 

•  Hazardous materials may have been released at properties that we currently own or formerly 
owned (perhaps through our predecessors).  Under certain environmental laws, we could be 
held liable, without regard to fault, for the costs of investigating and remediating any actual 
or  threatened  contamination  at  these  properties  and  for  contamination  associated  with 
disposal by us or our predecessors of hazardous materials at third-party disposal sites. 

•  We could incur substantial costs in the future if we acquire businesses or properties subject to 
environmental  requirements  or  affected  by  environmental  contamination.    In  particular, 
environmental laws regulating wetlands, endangered species, and other land use and natural 
resource issues may increase costs associated with future business or expansion opportunities 
or delay, alter, or interfere with such plans. 

•  The presence of contamination can adversely affect the value of our properties and make it 

difficult to sell any affected property or to use it as collateral. 

•  We could be held responsible for third-party property damage claims, personal injury claims, 
or  natural  resource  damage  claims  relating  to  contamination  found  at  any  of  our  current  or 
past properties. 

The cost of complying with environmental requirements could be significant.  Similarly, the 
adoption of new environmental laws or regulations or changes in existing laws or regulations or their 
interpretations could result in significant compliance costs or unanticipated environmental liabilities. 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

Item 2.  Properties 

Our corporate headquarters and most of the administrative offices for our Telephone Operations 

are located in Mattoon, Illinois. 

We lease properties pursuant to agreements that expire at various times between 2012 and 2030.  

The following chart summarizes the principal facilities owned or leased by us as of December 31, 2011. 

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Location 

Primary Use 

Gibsonia, PA 
Conroe, TX 
Mattoon, IL 
Mattoon, IL 
Mattoon, IL 
Lufkin, TX 
Conroe, TX 
Lufkin, TX 
Katy, TX 
Taylorville, IL 
Taylorville, IL 
Lufkin, TX 
Cranberry Township, PA  Office and switching 
Charleston, IL 
Litchfield, IL 
Lufkin, TX 
Conroe, TX 
Mattoon, IL 

Owned/ 
leased 
Owned 
Office and switching 
Owned 
Regional office 
Leased 
Corporate office 
Owned 
Office 
Leased 
Operations and distribution center 
Owned 
Office and switching 
Warehouse and plant 
Owned 
Communications center and office  Owned 
Warehouse and office 
Owned 
Communications center and office  Owned 
Leased 
Operations and distribution center 
Owned 
Warehouse 
Owned 
Communications center and office  Owned 
Owned 
Office and switching 
Owned 
Office and data center 
Owned 
Office 
Owned 
Office 

Operating segment 

Telephone 
Operations 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 

Other 
Operations 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 

Approximate 
square 
footage 

91,141 
51,900 
49,100 
36,300 
30,900 
28,707 
28,500 
23,190 
19,716 
15,900 
14,700 
14,200 
13,110 
12,661 
12,190 
11,900 
10,650 
10,100 

In  addition  to  the  facilities  listed  above,  we  own  or  have  the  right  to  use  approximately  731 
additional properties consisting of equipment at point of presence sites, central offices, remote switching 
sites and buildings, tower sites, small offices, storage sites and parking lots.  Some of the facilities listed 
above also serve as central office locations. 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings 

On  April  15,  2008,  Salsgiver  Inc.,  a  Pennsylvania-based  telecommunications  company,  and 
certain  of  its  affiliates  filed  a  lawsuit  against  us  and  our  subsidiaries  North  Pittsburgh  Telephone 
Company  and  North  Pittsburgh  Systems  Inc.  in  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas  of  Allegheny  County, 
Pennsylvania  alleging  that  we  have  prevented  Salsgiver  from  connecting  their  fiber  optic  cables  to  our 
utility poles.  Salsgiver seeks compensatory and punitive damages as the result of alleged lost projected 
profits, damage to its business reputation and other costs.  Salsgiver originally claimed to have sustained 
losses  of  approximately  $125  million  and  did  not  request  a  specific  dollar  amount  in  damages.    We 
believe that these claims are without merit and that the alleged damages are completely unfounded.  We 
intend  to  defend  against  these  claims  vigorously.  In  the  third  quarter  of  2008,  we  filed  preliminary 
objections  and  responses  to  Salsgiver’s  complaint.    However,  the  court  ruled  against  our  preliminary 
objections.  On November 3, 2008, we responded to Salsgiver’s amended complaint and filed a counter-
claim for trespass, alleging that Salsgiver attached cables to our poles without an authorized agreement 
and in an unsafe manner.  We are currently in the discovery and deposition stage.  In addition, we have 
asked  the  FCC  Enforcement  Bureau  to  address  Salsgiver’s  unauthorized  pole  attachments  and  safety 
violations  on  those  attachments.    We  believe  that  these  are  violations  of  an  FCC  order  regarding 
Salsgiver’s complaint against us.  We do not believe that these claims will have a material adverse impact 
on our financial results. 

Two  of  our  subsidiaries,  Consolidated  Communications  of  Pennsylvania  Company  LLC 
(“CCPA”)  and  Consolidated  Communications  Enterprise  Services  Inc.  (“CCES”),  received  assessment 
notices from the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Revenue increasing the amounts owed 
for  Pennsylvania  Gross  Receipt  Taxes  for  the  tax  period  ending  December  31,  2009.    These  two 

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
assessments  adjusted  the  subsidiaries’  combined  total  outstanding  taxable  gross  receipts  liability  (with 
interest) to approximately $2.3 million.  In addition, based upon recently completed audits of CCES for 
2008, 2009 and 2010, we believe the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania may issue additional assessments 
totaling approximately $1.7 million for Gross Receipt Taxes allegedly owed.  Our CCPA subsidiary has 
also been notified by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania that they will conduct a gross receipts audit for 
the calendar year 2008.  An appeal challenging the 2009 CCPA assessment was filed with the Department 
of Revenue’s Board of Appeals on September 15, 2011, and we filed a similar appeal for CCES with the 
Board  of  Appeals  on  November  11,  2011  challenging  the  2009  CCES  assessment.    We  also  intend  to 
appeal  any  adverse  decisions  from  the  Board  of  Appeals  involving  CCPA  or  CCES  to  the 
Commonwealth’s Board of Finance and Revenue.  At the Board of Finance and Revenue, we anticipate 
that  these  matters  will  be  continued pending  the  outcome  of  present  litigation in  Commonwealth  Court 
between Verizon Pennsylvania, Inc. and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (Verizon Pennsylvania, Inc. 
v.  Commonwealth,  Docket  No.  266  F.R.  2008).    The  Gross  Receipts  Tax  issues  in  the  Verizon 
Pennsylvania  case  are  substantially  the  same  as  those  presently  facing  CCPA  and  CCES.    In  addition, 
there are numerous telecommunications carriers with Gross Receipts Tax matters dealing with the same 
issues  that  are  in  various  stages  of  appeal  before  the  Board  of  Finance  and  Revenue  and  the 
Commonwealth Court.  Those appeals by other similarly situated telecommunications carriers have been 
continued until resolution of the Verizon Pennsylvania case.  We believe that these assessments and the 
positions taken by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania are without substantial merit.  We do not believe 
that the outcome of these claims will have a material adverse impact on our financial results. 

Two putative class action lawsuits have been filed by alleged SureWest shareholders challenging 
the Company's proposed merger with SureWest in which the Company, WH Acquisition Corp. and WH 
Acquisition  II  Corp,  SureWest  and  members  of  the  SureWest  board  of  directors  have  been  named  as 
defendants.    Each  of  these  actions  was  filed  in  the  Superior  Court  of  California,  Placer  County.    The 
actions  are  called  Needles  v.  SureWest  Communications,  et  al.,  filed  February  17,  2012,  Case  No. 
SCV0030665,  and  Errecart  v.  Oldham,  et  al.,  filed  February  24,  2012,  Case  No.  SCV0030703.    The 
actions  generally  allege,  among  other  things,  that  each  member  of  the  SureWest  board  of  directors 
breached  fiduciary  duties  to  SureWest  and  its  shareholders  by  authorizing  the  sale  of  SureWest  to  the 
Company  for  consideration  that  allegedly  is  unfair  to  the  SureWest  shareholders  and  agreeing  to  terms 
that allegedly unduly restrict other bidders from making a competing offer.  The complaints also allege 
that the Company and SureWest aided and abetted the breaches of fiduciary duties allegedly committed 
by  the  members  of  the  SureWest  board  of  directors.    The  shareholder  actions  seek  equitable  relief, 
including an order to the defendants from consummating the merger on the agreed-upon terms, as well as 
unspecified money damages.  We believe that these claims are without merit and that the alleged damages 
are completely unfounded.  We intend to defend against these claims vigorously. 

We  are  from  time  to  time  involved  in  various  other  legal  proceedings  and  regulatory  actions 
arising  out  of  our  operations.    We  are  not  involved  in  any  such  legal  or  regulatory  proceedings, 
individually or in the aggregate, that we believe would have a material adverse effect upon our business, 
operating results or financial condition. 

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item  5.    Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer 
Purchases of Equity Securities 

Market for our Common Stock and Holders of Record 

Our common stock is quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “CNSL”.  
As of February 21, 2012, we had 1,503 stockholders of record.  Because many of our outstanding shares 
of common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to 
estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders.  The high and low reported 
sales prices per share of our common stock are set forth in the following table for the periods indicated: 

Period 
First quarter 
Second quarter 
Third quarter 
Fourth quarter 

2011 

2010 

High 
19.50 
19.50 
20.02 
19.39 

Low 
17.25 
17.94 
16.77 
16.83 

High 
19.07 
19.50 
18.67 
19.30 

Low 
16.27 
16.64 
16.61 
18.37 

Our Board of Directors declared (and we paid) dividends totaling $0.38738 per share in each of 

the periods listed above. 

Dividend Policy and Restrictions 

Our  Board  of  Directors  has  adopted  a  dividend  policy  that  reflects  its  judgment  that  our 
stockholders are better served if we distribute a substantial portion of the cash generated by our business 
in  excess  of  our  expected  cash  needs  rather  than  retaining  the  cash  or  using  it  for  investments, 
acquisitions,  or  other  purposes.    We  expect  to  continue  to  pay  quarterly  dividends  at  an  annual  rate  of 
$1.5495 per share during 2012 but only if and to the extent declared by our Board of Directors and subject 
to various restrictions on our ability to do so.  Dividends on our common stock are not cumulative. 

Please see Part I – Item 1A – “Risk Factors” of this report, which sets forth several factors that 
could  prevent  stockholders  from  receiving  dividends  in  the  future.    The  “Risk  Factors”  section  also 
discusses how our dividend policy could inhibit future growth and acquisitions. 

We expect to fund our expected cash needs, including dividends, with cash flow from operations.  
We also expect to have sufficient availability under our revolving credit facility for these purposes, but 
we do not intend to borrow to pay dividends. 

Performance Graph 

Set  forth  below  is  a  graph  comparing  the  cumulative  five-year  total  return  of  holders  of  our 
common  stock  with  the  cumulative  total  returns  of  the  S&P  500  index,  the  Dow  Jones  US  Fixed-Line 
Telecommunications  index  and  a  customized  peer  group  of  four  companies  that  includes:  Alaska 
Communications  Systems  Group,  Inc.,  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings,  Inc.,  Otelco,  Inc.  and 
Shenandoah Telecommunications Company.  The graph assumes that the value of the investment in the 
Company's common stock, in each index, and in the peer group (including reinvestment of dividends) was 
$100 on December 31, 2006 and tracks it through December 31, 2011.  

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Consolidated Communications Holdings, the S&P 500 Index, 
the Dow Jones US Fixed-Line Telecommunications Index, and a Peer Group

$160

$140

$120

$100

$80

$60

$40

$20

$0

Consolidated Communications Holdings

S&P 500

Dow Jones US Fixed-Line Telecommunications

Peer Group

*$100 invested on 12/31/06 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending December 31.

Copyright© 2012 S&P, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved.
Copyright© 2012 Dow Jones & Co. All rights reserved.

(In dollars) 

2011 

2010 

At December 31, 
2009 

2008 

2007 

Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. 
S&P 500 
Dow Jones US Fixed-Line Telecommunications 
Peer group 

147.12 
98.75 
116.39 
81.43 

137.24 
96.71 
108.80 
118.69 

114.25 
84.05 
91.70 
98.86 

68.66 
66.46 
84.40 
90.15 

102.62 
105.49 
116.25 
109.50 

The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price 

performance. 

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issuer Purchases of Common Stock During the Quarter Ended December 31, 2011 

During  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2011,  we  reacquired  and  cancelled  38,993  common 
shares surrendered by employees to pay taxes in connection with the vesting of restricted common shares 
issued  under  our  stock-based  compensation  plan.    The  following  table  provides  information  about  the 
shares reacquired: 

Purchase period 

Total number of 
shares purchased 

Average price paid 
per share 

Total number of 
shares purchased 
as part of publicly 
announced plans 

Maximum number 
of shares that may 
yet be purchased 
under the plans 

October 2011 
November 2011 
December 2011 

- 
74 
38,919 

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data 

- 
$18.58 
$18.62 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 

The selected financial information set forth below has been derived from the audited consolidated 
financial statements of Consolidated as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 
and 2007.  The following selected historical financial information should be read in conjunction with Part 
II - Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” 
and our consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1.   

The balance sheet data presented below as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the statement of 
operations data presented below for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, 
2010,  and  2009  are  derived  from  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  beginning  on  page  F-1.  
The  other  balance  sheet  data  and  statement  of  operations  data  is  derived  from  our  previously  audited 
consolidated financial statements included in our prior Form 10-K filings. 

(In millions, except per share amounts) 

Telephone operations revenues 
Other operations revenues 
Total operating revenues 

Cost  of  products  and  services  (exclusive  of  depreciation 

and amortization shown separately below)  

Selling, general and administrative expense 
Debt refinancing costs 
Intangible asset impairment 
Depreciation and amortization 
Income from operations 

Interest expense, net (1) 
Other income (loss), net  
Income before income taxes and extraordinary item 
Income tax expense 
Income before extraordinary item 
Extraordinary item, net of tax 
Net income   
Net income of noncontrolling interest (2) 
Net income attributable to common shareholders (2) 

2011 

$342.6 
31.7 
374.3 

139.3 
81.1 
2.6 
- 
88.7 
62.6 

(49.4) 
28.6 
41.8 
14.8 
27.0 
- 
27.0 
0.6 
$26.4  

47

Year ended December 31, 
2009 

2010 

2008 

$349.6 
33.8 
383.4 

$364.6 
41.6 
406.2 

$379.0 
39.4 
418.4 

142.3 
88.0 
- 
- 
87.2 
65.9 

(50.7) 
27.0 
42.2 
9.0 
33.2 
- 
33.2 
0.6 
$32.6  

145.5 
104.8 
- 
- 
85.2 
70.7 

(57.9) 
25.5 
38.3 
12.4 
25.9 
- 
25.9 
1.0 
$ 24.9 

143.5 
108.8 
- 
6.1 
91.7 
68.3 

(66.3) 
10.8 
12.8 
6.6 
6.2 
7.2 
13.4 
0.9 
$ 12.5 

2007 (4) 

$288.2 
41.0 
329.2 

107.3 
89.6 
- 
- 
65.7 
66.6 

(46.5) 
(3.4) 
16.7 
4.7 
12.0 
- 
12.0 
0.6 
$ 11.4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income per common share—basic: (3) 

Income per common share before extraordinary item 
Extraordinary item per share 

Net income per common share—basic 
Basic weighted-average number of shares 

Income per common share—diluted: (3) 

Income per common share before extraordinary item 
Extraordinary item per share 

Net income per common share—diluted 
Diluted weighted-average number of common and 

$0.88 
- 
$0.88 
29,600 

$0.88 
- 
$0.88 

$1.09 
- 
$1.09 
29,490 

$1.09 
- 
$1.09 

$0.84 
- 
$0.84 
29,396 

$0.84 
- 
$0.84 

$0.18 
0.24 
$0.42 
29,321 

$0.18 
0.24 
$0.42 

$0.43 
- 
$0.43 
25,764 

$0.43 
- 
$0.43 

common equivalent shares 

29,600 

29,490 

29,396 

29,321 

25,764 

Cash dividends per common share 

$1.55 

$1.55 

$1.55 

$1.55 

$1.55 

Consolidated cash flow data: 

Cash flows from operating activities 
Cash flows used for investing activities 
Cash flows used for financing activities 
Capital expenditures 

Consolidated Balance Sheet:  
Cash and cash equivalents 
Total current assets 
Net property, plant and equipment (5) 
Total assets 
Total debt (including current portion)  
Stockholders’ equity 

Other financial data (unaudited): 

Adjusted EBITDA (6) 

Other data (as of the end of the period) (Unaudited): 
Local access lines 
Residential 
Business 

Total local access lines 
CLEC access line equivalents 
VOIP subscribers 
IPTV subscribers 
ILEC DSL subscribers 
Total connections 

$130.2 
(41.5) 
(50.7) 
42.6 

$115.0 
(40.7) 
(49.4) 
41.8 

$116.3 
(41.6) 
(47.4) 
42.4 

$ 92.4 
(48.0) 
(63.3) 
48.0 

$   82.1 
(305.3) 
230.9 
33.5 

$105.7    
168.3 
332.0 
1,194.1 
884.7 
47.8 

$67.7    
136.3 
356.1 
1,209.5 
884.1 
71.9 

$    42.8 
107.9 
377.2 
1,226.6 
880.3 
80.7 

$    15.5 
78.6 
400.3 
1,241.6 
881.3 
75.3 

$    34.3 
99.6 
411.6 
1,304.6 
892.6 
159.7 

$189.5 

$185.6 

$188.8 

$189.8 

$143.8 

137,179 
90,813 
227,992 
89,774 
9,199 
34,356 
110,913 
472,234 

140,660 
96,481 
237,141 
81,090 
8,640 
29,236 
106,387 
462,494 

146,766 
100,469 
247,235 
72,681 
8,665 
23,127 
100,122 
451,830 

162,067 
102,256 
264,323 
74,687 
6,510 
16,666 
91,817 
454,003 

183,070 
103,116 
286,186 
70,063 
2,494 
12,241 
81,337 
452,321 

(1)  Interest  expense  includes  amortization  of  deferred  financing  costs  totaling  $1.4  million  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2011, $1.3 million for 2010 and 2009, $1.4 million for 2008 and $3.2 million for 2007. 

(2)  We adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) authoritative guidance on the presentation 
of  noncontrolling  interests  in  consolidated  financial  statements  effective  January  1,  2009.    This  presentation  has 
been retrospectively applied to all periods presented. 

(3)  We adopted the FASB’s authoritative guidance on the treatment of participating securities in the calculation of 
earnings per share on January 1, 2009.  This presentation has been retrospectively applied to all periods presented. 

(4)  We acquired North Pittsburgh on December 31, 2007.  Balance sheet and other data as of that date include the 
accounts of North Pittsburgh.  Our results of operations include North Pittsburgh beginning January 1, 2008.   

(5)  Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost.  The  cost  of  additions,  replacements,  and  major 
improvements  is  capitalized,  while  repairs  and  maintenance  are  charged  to  expenses.    When  property,  plant  and 
equipment  are  retired  from  our  regulated  subsidiaries,  the  original  cost,  net  of  salvage,  is  charged  against 

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
accumulated  depreciation,  with  no  gain  or  loss  recognized  in  accordance  with  composite  group  life  remaining 
methodology used for regulated telephone plant assets. 

(6)  We present Adjusted EBITDA (which is a non-GAAP financial measure) for three reasons: we believe it is a 
useful  indicator  of  our  historical  debt  capacity  and  our  ability  to  service  debt  and  pay  dividends;  it  provides  a 
measure  of  consistency  in  our  financial  reporting;  and  covenants  in  our  credit  facilities  contain  ratios  based  on 
Adjusted EBITDA. 

Adjusted EBITDA is defined in our current credit facility as: 

Consolidated Net Income (as defined in our credit facility), 
(a) plus the following, to the extent deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income: 

(i)  interest  expense,  amortization,  or  write-off  of  debt  discount  and  non-cash  expense  incurred  in 
connection with equity compensation plans; 
(ii) foreign, federal, state and local income taxes; 
(iii) depreciation and amortization; 
(iv)  all  non-cash  charges  (excluding  any  non-cash  charge  to  the  extent that  it  represents  an  accrual  of or 
reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a 
prior period); 
(v) transaction fees; 

(b) minus (in the case of gains) or plus (in the case of losses) gain or loss on any disposition; 
(c) plus extraordinary losses; and  
(d)  minus  the  sum  of  interest  income,  extraordinary  income  or  gains  as  defined  by  GAAP  and  all  non-cash 
items increasing net income. 

Prior to 2011, our credit facility defined Adjusted EBITDA as: 

Consolidated Net Income (as defined in our credit facility) 
(a) plus the following, to the extent deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income: 

(i)  interest  expense,  amortization,  or  write-off  of  debt  discount  and  non-cash  expense  incurred  in 
connection with equity compensation plans; 
(ii) provision for income taxes; 
(iii) depreciation and amortization; 
(iv) non-cash charges for asset impairment; all charges, expenses, and other extraordinary, non-recurring, 
and  unusual  integration  costs  or  losses  related  to  the  acquisition  of  North  Pittsburgh,  including  all 
severance payments in connection with the acquisition, so long as such costs or losses are incurred prior to 
December 31, 2009, and do not exceed $12.0 million in the aggregate; 
(v)  all  non-recurring  transaction  fees,  charges,  and  other  amounts  related  to  the  acquisition  of  North 
Pittsburgh  (excluding  all  amounts  otherwise  included  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP  in  determining 
Adjusted  EBITDA),  so  long  as  such  fees,  charges,  and  other  amounts  do  not  exceed  $18  million  in  the 
aggregate; 

(b) minus (in the case of gains) or plus (in the case of losses) gain or loss on sale of assets; 
(c) minus (in the case of gains) or plus (in the case of losses) non-cash income or charges relating to foreign 
currency gains or losses; 
(d) plus (in the case of losses) or minus (in the case of income) non-cash minority interest income or loss; 
(e) plus (in the case of items deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income) or minus (in the case of items 
added  in  arriving  at  Consolidated  Net  Income)  non-cash  charges  resulting  from  changes  in  accounting 
principles; 
(f) plus extraordinary losses and minus extraordinary gains as defined by GAAP; 
(g)  plus  (in  the  case  of  any  period  ending  on  December  31,  2007,  and  any  period  ending  during  the  seven 
immediately  succeeding  fiscal  quarters  of  the  Company,  to  the  extent  not  otherwise  included  in  Adjusted 
EBITDA) cost savings to be realized by the Company and its subsidiaries in connection with the acquisition of 
North Pittsburgh that are attributable to the integration of the Company’s operations and businesses in Illinois 
and  Texas  with  the  acquired  Pennsylvania  operations,  which  cost  savings  are  deemed  to  be  the  amounts  set 
forth on a schedule to the credit agreement for each such fiscal quarter; and 
(h) minus interest income. 

49

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
If our Adjusted EBITDA were to decline below certain levels, there may be violations of covenants in our 
credit  facilities  that  are  based  on  this  measure,  including  our  total  net  leverage  and  interest  coverage  ratios 
covenants.  The  consequences  could  include  a  default  or  mandatory  prepayment  of  debt  or  a  prohibition  on 
dividends. 

We believe that net cash provided by operating activities is the most directly comparable financial measure 
to Adjusted EBITDA under GAAP.  Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for 
consolidated statement of operations and cash flows data prepared in accordance with GAAP.  Adjusted EBITDA is 
not  a  complete  measure  of  profitability  because  it  does  not  include  costs  and  expenses  identified  above.    Nor  is 
Adjusted EBITDA a complete net cash flow measure because it does not include reductions for cash payments for 
an entity’s obligation to service its debt, fund its working capital, make capital expenditures, make acquisitions, or 
pay its income taxes and dividends. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  a  reconciliation  of  Cash  Provided  by  Operating  Activities  to  Adjusted 

EBITDA: 

(In millions, unaudited) 

Net cash provided by operating activities 
Non-cash, stock-based compensation 
Other adjustments, net (a) 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities 
Interest expense, net 
Income taxes 
EBITDA (b) 
Adjustments to EBITDA (c): 
Integration, restructuring and Sarbanes Oxley (d) 
Debt amendment fees (e) 
Other, net (f) 
Investment distributions (g) 
Loss on extinguishment of debt (h) 
Intangible asset impairment (a) 
Extraordinary item (i) 
Non-cash, stock-based compensation (j) 
Adjusted EBITDA 

2011 

Year ended December 31, 
2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

$130.2 
(2.1) 
(11.0) 
(1.3) 
49.4 
14.8 
180.0 

- 
2.6 
(23.6) 
28.4 
- 
- 
- 
2.1 
$189.5 

$115.0 
(2.4) 
(0.9) 
8.6 
50.7 
9.0 
180.0 

- 
- 
(24.3) 
27.5 
- 
- 
- 
2.4 
$185.6 

$116.3 
(1.9) 
(1.0) 
(2.2) 
57.9 
12.4 
181.5 

7.4 
- 
(24.4) 
22.4 
- 
- 
- 
1.9 
$188.8 

$ 92.4 
(1.9) 
3.8 
9.9 
66.3 
6.6 
177.1 

4.8 
- 
(19.9) 
17.8 
9.2 
6.1 
(7.2) 
1.9 
$189.8 

$ 82.1 
(4.0) 
(9.5) 
8.5 
46.5 
4.7 
128.3 

1.2 
- 
(6.6) 
6.6 
10.3 
- 
- 
4.0 
$143.8 

(a)  Other  adjustments,  net  includes  $8.5  million  of  change  in  deferred  income  taxes  for  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2011.    Also,  other  adjustments,  net  includes  $6.1  million  of  intangible  asset  impairment 
charges for year ended December 31, 2008.  During our annual impairment review for 2008, we determined 
that the projected future cash flows of CMR would not be sufficient to support the carrying value of the 
goodwill 

(b)  EBITDA is defined as net earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization on 

an unadjusted basis. 

(c)  These adjustments reflect those required or permitted by the lenders under the credit facility in place at the 

end of each of the years included in the periods presented. 

(d)  In  connection  with  our  acquisition  of  North  Pittsburgh,  we  incurred  certain  expenses  associated  with 
integrating  and  restructuring  the  businesses.  These  expenses  include  severance  and  employee  relocation 
expenses,  Sarbanes-Oxley  maintenance  costs,  costs  to  integrate  our  technology,  administrative  and 
customer service functions and billing systems. 

(e)  Debt amendment fees include $2.6 million of debt refinancing fees for 2011.   

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)  Other,  net  includes  the  equity  earnings  from  our  investments,  dividend  income,  and  certain  other 
miscellaneous non-operating items.  Key man life insurance proceeds of $0.6 million received in 2011 and 
$0.3 million received in 2007 is not deducted to arrive at Adjusted EBITDA. 

(g)  For purposes of calculating Adjusted EBITDA, we include all cash dividends and other cash distributions 

received from our investments. 

(h)  Represents the redemption premium and write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs in connection with 
the redemption and retirement of our senior notes during 2008 and the write-off of debt issuance costs in 
connection  with  retiring  the  obligations  under  our  former  credit  facility  and  entering  into  a  new  credit 
facility contemporaneously with the North Pittsburgh acquisition. 

(i)  Upon  making  the  election  to  discontinue  the  applicable  accounting  guidance  for  regulated  enterprises  in 
accounting for the effects of certain types of regulation, we recognized an extraordinary non-cash gain and 
began to apply the authoritative guidance required for the discontinuance of the application of regulatory 
accounting.   

(j)  Represents compensation expenses in connection with our Restricted Share Plan. Because of their non-cash 

nature, these expenses are excluded from Adjusted EBITDA. 

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The  following  discussion  of  our  consolidated  operating  results  and  financial  condition  for  the 
three  years  ended  December  31,  2011,  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  consolidated  financial 
statements and related notes beginning on page F-1. 

“Consolidated  Communications”  or  the  “Company”  refers  to  Consolidated  Communications 
Holdings, Inc. alone or with its wholly owned subsidiaries as the context requires.  When this report uses 
the words “we,” “our,” or “us,” they refer to the Company and its subsidiaries. 

Overview 

We  are  an  established  rural  local  exchange  carrier  that  provides  communications  services  to 
residential  and  business  customers  in  Illinois,  Texas  and  Pennsylvania.  We  offer  a  wide  range  of 
telecommunications  services,  including  local  and  long-distance  service,  high-speed  broadband  Internet 
access,  standard  and  high-definition  digital  television,  VOIP,  custom  calling  features,  private  line 
services,  carrier  access  services,  network  capacity  services  over  our  regional  fiber  optic  network, 
directory  publishing  and  CLEC  services.    We  also  operate  two  non-core  complementary  businesses:  
telephone services to correctional facilities and equipment sales. 

Executive Summary 

We generated net income attributable to common stockholders in 2011 of $26.4 million, or $0.88 
per  diluted  share,  as  compared  to  net  income  attributable  to  common  stockholders  of  $32.6  million,  or 
$1.09 per diluted share, in 2010.  Net income in 2011 benefited from increased earnings from our wireless 
partnerships,  lower  interest  expense,  lower  bad  debt,  and  lower  pension  expense.    We  also  used  the 
departure  of  one  of  our  senior  executives  as  the  occasion  to  conduct  a  company-wide  reorganization.  
This reorganization created an annual cost savings of $2.3 million of which we started to recognize these 
benefits in the second quarter of 2011.  These ongoing cost reductions have allowed us to mostly offset 
the declines in revenue.  Operating expenses included $2.6 million for our debt refinancing fees, which in 
accordance with our credit agreement has been treated as an add back to adjusted EBITDA   

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue  in  2011  decreased  $9.1  million,  or  2.4%,  to  $374.3  million  as  compared  to  $383.4 
million  in  2010.    The  decrease  in  revenue  is  a  result  of  declines  in  our  traditional  wireline  businesses, 
caused  primarily  from  a  loss  of  access  lines  (which  includes  local  calling  services,  network  access 
services,  subsidies  and  long-distance  services).    These  declines  were  partially  offset  by  growth  in  data, 
Internet  and  video  revenues.    Revenues  from  our  Prison  Services  business  and  our  wholesale  carrier 
business also increased in 2011 versus 2010.   

Subsequent  to  2011,  we  entered  into  a  definitive  agreement  with  SureWest  to  acquire  all  of  its 
outstanding shares in a cash and stock transaction for a total consideration valued at approximately $340.9 
million, exclusive of debt, based on our February 3, 2012 closing price.  See Part I – Item 1 – “Business – 
General”.  

General 

The following general factors should be considered in analyzing our results of operations: 

Revenues 

Telephone Operations and Other Operations.  Our revenues are derived primarily from the sale 
of  voice  and  data  communication  services  to  residential  and  business  customers  in  our  rural  telephone 
companies’  service  areas.    Because  we  operate  primarily  in  rural  service  areas,  we  do  not  anticipate 
significant  growth  in  revenues  in  our  Telephone  Operations  segment  except  through  acquisitions.  
However,  we  do  expect  relatively  consistent  cash  flow  from  year  to  year  because  of  stable  customer 
demand, an efficient cost structure, and growing earnings from our wireless partnership investments. 

Local access lines and bundled services. An “access line” is the telephone line connecting a home 
or business to the public switched telephone network.  The number of local access lines in service directly 
affects the monthly recurring revenue we generate from end users, the amount of traffic on our network, 
the  access  charges  we  receive  from  other  carriers,  the  federal  and  state  subsidies  we  receive  and  most 
other revenue streams.  We had 227,992, 237,141 and 247,235 local access lines, respectively, in service 
as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. 

Most wireline telephone companies have experienced a loss of local access lines due to increased 
competition from wireless providers, competitive local exchange carriers, cable operators and challenging 
economic  conditions.    We  have  not  been  immune  to  these  conditions  (See  “—Trends  and  Factors  that 
May  Affect  Future  Operating  Results”).    Since  2008,  our  competitors  have  launched  competing  voice 
product in our area, which contributed to a spike in our line loss.  We estimate that cable companies are 
now  offering  voice  service  to  all  of  their  addressable  customers,  covering  85%  of  our  entire  service 
territory. 

In addition, we believe that our VOIP telephone additions are being substituted for our traditional 
access  lines.    We  expect  to  continue  to  experience  modest  erosion  in  access  lines  both  due  to  market 
forces and through our own cannibalization. 

We have been able in some instances to offset the decline in local access lines with increased average 
revenue per access line by: 

Aggressively promoting DSL service, including selling DSL as a stand-alone offering; 

52

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Value  bundling  services,  such  as  DSL  or  IPTV,  with  a  combination  of  local  service  and 

custom calling features; 

•  Maintaining excellent customer service standards; and 
•  Keeping a strong local presence in the communities we serve. 

We have implemented a number of initiatives to gain new local access lines and retain existing 
lines  by  making  bundled  service  packages  more  attractive  (for  example,  by  adding  unlimited  long-
distance), through the use of local measured service with free incoming calls and by announcing special 
promotions,  like  discounted  second  lines.    We  also  market  a  “triple  play”  bundle,  which  includes  local 
telephone  service,  DSL  and  IPTV.    As  of  December  31,  2011,  IPTV  was  available  to  approximately 
212,000  homes  in  our  markets.    Our  IPTV  subscriber  base  has  grown  substantially  over  the  last  three 
years  and  totaled  34,356,  29,236  and  23,127  subscribers  at  December  31,  2011,  2010  and  2009, 
respectively.   

We also continue to experience substantial growth in the number of DSL subscribers we serve.  
We had 110,913, 106,387 and 100,122 DSL lines in service as  of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, 
respectively.  Currently over 95% of our rural telephone companies’ local access lines are DSL capable.  

In addition to our access line, DSL and video initiatives, we intend to continue to integrate best 
practices  across  our  markets.  We  also  continue  to  look  for  ways  to  enhance  current  products  and 
introduce new services to ensure that we remain competitive and continue to meet our customers’ needs. 
These initiatives have included: 

•  Hosted  VOIP  service  in  all  of  our  markets  to  meet  the  needs  of  small  to  medium-sized 
business  customers  that  want  robust  functionality  without  having  to  purchase  a  traditional 
key or PBX phone system; 

•  VOIP service for residential customers, which is being offered to our customers as a growth 
opportunity  and  as  an  alternative  to  the  traditional  phone  line  for  customers  who  are 
considering a switch to a cable competitor;   

•  DSL service—even to users who do not have an access line—which expands our customer 

base and creates additional revenue-generating opportunities; 

•  Metro Ethernet services delivered over our copper infrastructure with speeds of 25 mbps to 

40 mbps; 

•  DSL product with speeds up to 20 mbps for those customers desiring greater Internet speed; 

and 

•  High definition video programming, video on demand and DVR recorders in all of our IPTV 

markets. 

These efforts may mitigate the financial impact of any access line loss we experience. 

Expenses 

Our  primary  operating  expenses  consist  of  cost  of  services,  selling,  general  and  administrative 

expenses and depreciation and amortization expenses. 

Cost of services and products.  Our cost of services includes the following: 

•  Operating expenses relating to plant costs, including those related to the network and general 
support costs, central office switching and transmission costs, and cable and wire facilities; 

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  General  plant  costs,  such  as  testing,  provisioning,  network,  administration,  power  and 

engineering;  

•  The  cost  of  transport  and  termination  of  long-distance  and  private  lines  outside  our  rural 

telephone companies’ service area; and 

•  The cost of programming content used to deliver analog and digital television services. 

We  have  agreements  with  various  carriers  to  provide  long-distance  transport  and  termination 
services.      We  believe  we  will  meet  all  of  our  commitments  in  these  agreements  and  will  be  able  to 
procure services for periods after our current agreements expire.  We do not expect any material adverse 
effects from any changes in any new service contract. 

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses.    Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses 
include  selling  and  marketing  expenses;  expenses  associated  with  customer  care;  billing  and  other 
operating support systems; and corporate expenses, such as professional service fees and non-cash, stock-
based compensation. 

Our  operating  support  and  back-office  systems  enter,  schedule,  provision,  and  track  customer 
orders;  test  services  and  interface  with  trouble  management;  and  operate  inventory,  billing,  collections, 
and customer care service systems for the local access lines in our operations.  We have migrated most 
key  business  processes  onto  a  single  Company-wide  system  and  platform.    We  hope  to  improve 
profitability by reducing individual Company costs through centralizing, standardizing, and sharing best 
practices.  We did not incur any integration or restructuring expenses in 2011.  Savings from integration 
and restructuring, along with other cost reduction efforts, have allowed us to offset some of the revenue 
declines. 

Depreciation and amortization expenses.   

 The  provision  for  depreciation  on  property  and  equipment  is  recorded  using  the  straight-line 

method based upon the following useful lives: 

Years 
Buildings 
Network and outside plant facilities 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 
Capital leases 

18 - 40 
3 - 50 
3 - 15 
11 

Amortization expenses are recognized primarily for our intangible assets considered to have finite 
useful  lives  on  a  straight-line  basis.  In  accordance  with  the  applicable  authoritative  guidance,  goodwill 
and  intangible  assets  that  have  indefinite  useful  lives  are  not  amortized  but  rather  are  tested  at  least 
annually for impairment.  Because tradenames have been determined to have indefinite lives, they are not 
amortized.  Customer  relationships  are  amortized  over  their  useful  life.    The  net  carrying  value  of 
customer lists at December 31, 2011, is being amortized at a weighted-average life of approximately 2.6 
years. 

Results of Operations 

Segments 

We have two reportable business segments, Telephone Operations and Other Operations.  The 

results of operations discussed below reflect our consolidated results. 

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to December 31, 2010 

The following summarizes our revenues and operating expenses on a consolidated basis for the 

years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010: 

(in millions, except for percentages) 
Revenue 

Telephone operations 

Local calling services 
Network access services 
Subsidies 
Long-distance services 
Data, Internet and video services 
Other services 

Total telephone operations 
Other operations 

Total operating revenue 

Expenses 

Telephone operations 
Other operations 
Depreciation and amortization 

Total operating expense 

Income from operations 

Interest expense, net 
Other income, net 
Income tax expense 

Net income 
Net  income  attributable  to  noncontrolling 
interest 

income  attributable 

Net 
stockholders 

to  common 

Revenue 

For the years ended December 31, 

2011 

2010 

$ 

% 

$ 

% 

86.9 
80.5 
45.4 
15.9 
80.3 
33.6 
342.6 
31.7 

374.3 

194.6 
28.4 
88.7 
311.7 

62.6 

49.4 
28.6 
14.8 

27.0 

0.6 

23.2 
21.5 
12.1 
4.2 
21.5 
9.0 
91.5 
8.5 

91.9 
81.7 
48.7 
18.0 
75.2 
34.1 
349.6 
33.8 

24.0 
21.3 
12.7 
4.7 
19.6 
8.9 
91.2 
8.8 

100.0 

383.4 

100.0 

52.0 
7.6 
23.7 
83.3 

16.7 

13.2 
7.6 
3.9 

7.2 

0.1 

199.1 
31.2 
87.2 
317.5 

65.9 

50.7 
27.0 
9.0 

33.2 

0.6 

51.9 
8.2 
22.7 
82.8 

17.2 

13.2 
7.0 
2.3 

8.7 

0.2 

8.5 

26.4 

7.1 

32.6 

Revenue  in  2011  declined  by  $9.1  million,  or  2.4%,  to  $374.3  million  from  $383.4  million  in 
2010.  The decline in revenue was principally the result of declines in our traditional wireline businesses 
(which  includes  local  calling  services,  network  access  services,  subsidies  and  long-distance  services) 
caused primarily by a loss of access lines.  These declines were partially offset by a 6.8%  growth in data, 
Internet and video revenues.  DSL and IPTV connections increased significantly in 2011.  Revenues from 
our Prison Services business also increased in 2011 versus 2010.  Connections by type are as follows:   

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential  access  lines  in 
service 
Business  access 
service 
Total  local  access  lines  in 
service 

lines 

in 

VOIP subscribers 
IPTV subscribers 
ILEC DSL subscribers 
Total broadband connections 

CLEC access line equivalents 
(1) 

December 31, 

2011 

2010 

137,179 

140,660 

90,813 

96,481 

227,992 

237,141 

9,199 
34,356 
110,913 
154,468 

8,640 
29,236 
106,387 
144,263 

89,774 

81,090 

Total connections 

472,234 

462,494 

Long-distance lines (2) 

177,610 

172,856 

(1)    CLEC  access  line  equivalents  represent  a  combination  of  voice  services  and  data  circuits.    The  calculations 
represent a conversion of data circuits to an access line basis.  Equivalents are calculated by converting data circuits 
(basic  rate  interface,  primary  rate  interface,  DSL,  DS-1,  DS-3  and  Ethernet)  and  SONET-based  (optical)  services 
(OC-3 and OC-48) to the equivalent of an access line.    

(2)  Reflects  the  inclusion  of  long-distance  service  provided  as  part  of  our  VOIP  offering  while  excluding  CLEC 
long-distance subscribers. 

Telephone Operations Revenue 

Local calling services revenue decreased by $5.0 million, or 5.4%, to $86.9 million in 2011 

compared to $91.9 million in 2010.  The decrease is primarily due to the decline in local access lines, as 
discussed under “—Trends and Factors that May Affect Future Operating Results”. 

Network  access  services  revenue  decreased  by  $1.2  million,  or  1.5%,  to  $80.5  million  in  2011 
compared to $81.7 million in 2010.  The decrease is primarily due to a decline in switched access revenue 
as  a  result  of  a  decrease  in  minutes  of  use  and  lower  subscriber  line  charge  revenue  due  to  access  line 
loss. These factors were partially offset by an increase in special access revenue.    

Subsidy revenue decreased by $3.3 million, or 6.8%, to $45.4 million in 2011 compared to $48.7 
million in 2010.  The decrease was principally the result of a reduction in the amount of Federal interstate 
high cost fund support we received, and, to a lesser extent, a decrease in Federal interstate common line 
revenue.   

Long-distance services revenue decreased by $2.1 million, or 11.7%, to $15.9 million in 2011 as 
compared to $18.0 million in 2010.  The decrease is primarily due to a decline in the number of access 
lines and billable minutes, as customers increasingly shift to our unlimited long distance calling plan. 

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Data, Internet and video revenue increased by $5.1 million, or 6.8%, to $80.3 million in 2011 as 
compared  to  $75.2  million  in  2010.    The  increase  is  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  DSL,  IPTV  and 
Digital telephone subscribers.  

Other services revenue decreased by $0.5 million, or 1.5%, to $33.6 million in 2011 as compared 
to $34.1 million in 2010.  Directory revenues declined and were offset by increases in transport revenues.  

Other Operations Revenue 

Other  Operations  revenue  decreased  by  $2.1  million,  or  6.2%,  to  $31.7  million  in  2011  as 
compared to $33.8 million in 2010.  The sale of our CMR and Operator Services business units in 2010 
accounted for $4.9 million of the year over year decline in revenue. A gain in revenue from our Prison 
Services business partially offset some of this decline. 

Operating Expenses 

Operating expenses decreased in 2011 by $7.3 million, or 3.2%, to $223.0 million as compared to 
$230.3 million in 2010.  Reductions in operating expenses by segment are discussed below.  Reductions 
in operating expenses have allowed us to mostly offset revenue declines. 

Telephone Operations Operating Expenses 

Operating  expenses  for  Telephone  Operations  decreased  by  $4.5  million,  or  2.3%,  to  $194.6 
million  in  2011  as  compared  to  $199.1  million  in  2010.    The  decrease  in  operating  expenses  was  the 
result of lower pension, benefit, and bad debt expenses when  compared to 2010 operating expenses, as 
well as decreased rent expense due to the renegotiated terms on our leases.    

Other Operations Operating Expenses 

Operating expenses for Other Operations decreased by $2.8 million, or 9.0%, to $28.4 million in 
2011 as compared to $31.2 million in 2010.  The decrease in Other Operations expenses was primarily the 
result of the reduced operating expenses related to the sale of our CMR and Operator Services business 
units  in  2010.    These  decreases  were  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  operating  expenses  related  to 
revenue growth in our Prison Services business. 

Depreciation and Amortization 

Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $1.5 million, or 1.7%, to $88.7 million in 
2011 compared to $87.2 million in 2010.  The increase in depreciation and amortization is principally due 
to increased amortization related to the capitalization of our leased buildings in 2010. 

Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income 

Interest expense, net of interest income, decreased by $1.3 million, or 2.6%, to $49.4 million in 
2011  compared  to  $50.7  million  in  2010.    Interest  expense  in  2011  benefited  from  the  September  30, 
2011 expiration of $200 million of fixed interest rate swaps as the fixed rates paid on the swaps were at a 
significantly  higher  rate  than  the  rates  we  received  in  return,  as  well  as  lower  overall  interest  rates  in 
general.  Interest expense in 2010 benefited from the reversal of $1.4 million of interest expense related to 
uncertain  tax  positions  for  which  the  statute  of  limitations  expired  on  September  15,  2010.    Had  this 
reversal  in  2010  not  occurred,  our  2011  interest  expense  would  have  shown  a  larger  decrease  when 
comparing 2011 to 2010.   

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Income (Expense) 

Other  income  (expense)  increased  $1.6  million  to  $28.6  million  in  2011  compared  to  $27.0 
million  in  2010.    The  2011  increase  was  principally  due  to  improved  earnings  from  our  wireless 
partnerships  and  $0.6  million  of  net  proceeds  from a  key-man  life  insurance  policy  in  September  2011 
relating to the passing of a former North Pittsburgh employee.   

Income Taxes  

Our provision for income taxes increased by $5.8 million to $14.8 million in 2011 compared to 

$9.0 million in 2010.  The effective tax rate was 35.5% for 2011 and 21.3% for 2010.  

During 2011 and 2010, we recorded a decrease of $0.3 million and a net decrease of $4.6 million to 
our unrecognized tax benefits, respectively, which reduced our tax expense by a corresponding amount.  
The 2011 decrease related to the expiration of a federal statute of limitations and the 2010 net decrease 
included a $5.4 million decrease due to the expiration of a federal statute of limitations and an increase of 
$1.2 million related to 2009 state income tax filings with a corresponding $0.4 million of related federal 
deferred tax asset.  We also recognized $69 thousand of tax expense in 2011 to adjust our 2010 provision 
to match our 2010 returns compared to $0.3 million of tax benefit in 2010 to adjust our 2009 provision to 
match our 2009 returns.  In January 2011, Illinois’ Governor signed into law PA. 96-1496. Included as 
part of the law was an increase in the corporate income tax rate.  This resulted in an increase to our net 
state deferred tax liabilities and a corresponding increase to our state tax provision of $0.3 million which 
we recognized in the first quarter of 2011.  In addition, as a result of state tax planning and changes to our 
state tax reporting structure, we had a net decrease in our state deferred income tax rate.  This change in 
the state deferred income tax rate resulted in a $0.6 million of tax benefit in 2010 due to applying a lower 
effective deferred income tax rate to previously recorded tax liabilities.  

Exclusive of these adjustments, our effective tax rate would have been 35.2% for the year ended 

December 31, 2011, compared to 34.3% for the year ended December 31, 2010. 

Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest 

The net income attributable to noncontrolling interest remained flat at $0.6 million in 2011 and in 

2010, respectively.        

For the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to December 31, 2009 

The following summarizes our revenues and operating expenses on a consolidated basis for the 

years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009: 

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions, except for percentages) 
Revenue 

Telephone operations 

Local calling services 
Network access services 
Subsidies 
Long-distance services 
Data, Internet and video services 
Other services 

Total telephone operations 
Other operations 

For the years ended December 31, 

2010 

2009 

$ 

  % 

$ 

% 

91.9 
81.7 
48.7 
18.0 
75.2 
34.1 
349.6 
33.8 

24.0 
21.3 
12.7 
4.7 
19.6 
8.9 
91.2 
8.8 

97.2 
86.3 
56.0 
20.4 
68.1 
36.6 
364.6 
41.6 

23.9 
21.3 
13.8 
5.0 
16.8 
9.0 
89.8 
10.2 

Total operating revenue 

383.4 

100.0 

406.2 

100.0 

Expenses 

Telephone operations 
Other operations 
Depreciation and amortization 

Total operating expense 

Income from operations 

Interest expense, net 
Other income, net 
Income tax expense 

Net income 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest 

Net income attributable to common stockholders 

Revenue 

199.1 
31.2 
87.2 
317.5 

65.9 

50.7 
27.0 
9.0 

33.2 
0.6 

32.6 

51.9 
8.2 
22.7 
82.8 

17.2 

13.2 
7.0 
2.3 

8.7 
0.2 

8.5 

211.1 
39.2 
85.2 
335.5 

70.7 

57.9 
25.5 
12.4 

25.9 
1.0 

24.9 

52.0 
9.6 
21.0 
82.6 

17.4 

14.3 
6.3 
3.0 

6.4 
0.3 

6.1 

Revenue in 2010 declined by $22.8 million, or 5.6%, to $383.4  million from $406.2 million in 
2009.  The decline in revenue was principally the result of the sale of our CMR and Operator Services 
businesses during 2010 and declines in our traditional wireline businesses (which includes local calling 
services,  network  access  services,  subsidies  and  long-distance  services)  caused  primarily  by  a  loss  of 
access lines.   The year over year decline in revenues as a result of the sale of CMR and Operator Services 
totaled $10.2 million.  Excluding the impact on revenue from the sale of these business units, year-over-
year revenues decreased by only 3.2%.  These declines were partially offset by a double digit percentage 
growth in data, Internet and video revenues.  DSL and IPTV connections increased significantly in 2010.  
Revenues from our Prison Services business also increased in 2010 versus 2009.  Connections by type are 
as follows:   

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 

2010 

2009 

Residential access lines in service 
Business access lines in service 
Total local access lines in service 

140,660 
96,481 
237,141 

146,766 
100,469 
247,235 

VOIP subscribers 
IPTV subscribers 
ILEC DSL subscribers 
Total broadband connections 

8,640 
29,236 
106,387 
144,263 

8,665 
23,127 
100,122 
131,914 

CLEC access line equivalents (1) 

81,090 

72,681 

Total connections 

462,494 

451,830 

Long-distance lines (2) 

172,856 

165,714 

(1)    CLEC  access  line  equivalents  represent  a  combination  of  voice  services  and  data  circuits.    The  calculations 
represent a conversion of data circuits to an access line basis.  Equivalents are calculated by converting data circuits 
(basic  rate  interface,  primary  rate  interface,  DSL,  DS-1,  DS-3  and  Ethernet)  and  SONET-based  (optical)  services 
(OC-3 and OC-48) to the equivalent of an access line.    

(2)  Reflects  the  inclusion  of  long-distance  service  provided  as  part  of  our  VOIP  offering  while  excluding  CLEC 
long-distance subscribers. 

Telephone Operations Revenue 

Local calling services revenue decreased by $5.3 million, or 5.5%, to $91.9 million in 2010 

compared to $97.2 million in 2009.  The decrease is primarily due to the decline in local access lines, as 
discussed under “—Trends and Factors that May Affect Future Operating Results”. 

Network  access  services  revenue  decreased  by  $4.6  million,  or  5.3%,  to  $81.7  million  in  2010 
compared to $86.3 million in 2009.  The decrease is primarily due to a decline in switched access revenue 
as a result of a decline in minutes of use.  In addition, we experienced a decrease in subscriber line charge 
revenue due to access line loss.   

Subsidy revenue decreased by $7.3 million, or 13.0%, to $48.7 million in 2010 compared to $56.0 
million in 2009.  The decrease was principally the result of a reduction in the amount of interstate high 
cost fund support we received, and, to a lesser extent, access line loss for interstate common line revenue.   

Long-distance services revenue decreased by $2.4 million, or 11.8%, to $18.0 million in 2010 as 
compared  to  $20.4  million  in  2009.    The  decrease  is  primarily  due  to  a  decline  in  billable  minutes  as 
customers  increase  their  use  of  wireless  devices  for  long-distance  calls  and  move  to  unlimited  long-
distance plans. 

Data, Internet and video revenue increased by $7.1 million, or 10.4%, to $75.2 million in 2010 as 
compared to $68.1 million in 2009.  The increase is primarily due to continued growth in the number of 
DSL and IPTV subscribers, along with higher fees related to the expansion of additional services such as 
video on demand and higher DSL speeds. 

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other services revenue decreased by $2.5 million, or 6.8%, to $34.1 million in 2010 as compared 
to $36.6 million in 2009.  The decrease is primarily due to a reduction in revenue related to our transport 
business along with a decrease in other miscellaneous services such as inside wire maintenance, billing 
and collections and finance charges. 

Other Operations Revenue 

Other  Operations  revenue  decreased  by  $7.8  million,  or  18.8%,  to  $33.8  million  in  2010  as 
compared to $41.6 million in 2009.  The sale of our CMR and Operator Services business units negatively 
affected revenue by $10.2 million year over year.  A gain in revenue from our Prison Services business 
partially offset some of this decline. 

Operating Expenses 

Operating expenses decreased in 2010 by $20.0 million, or 8.0%, to $230.3 million as compared 
to  $250.3  million  in  2009.    Reductions  in  operating  expenses  by  segment  are  discussed  below.  
Reductions in operating expenses have allowed us to mostly offset revenue declines. 

Telephone Operations Operating Expenses 

Operating  expenses  for  Telephone  Operations  decreased  by  $12.0  million,  or  5.7%,  to  $199.1 
million in 2010 as compared to $211.1 million in 2009.  The overall decrease in operating expenses was 
principally the result of $7.4 million of integration expenses incurred in 2009 with no equivalent amounts 
incurred in 2010, along with lower pension, postretirement and professional fee expenses in 2010.  These 
decreases in operating expense were partially offset by higher bad debt expense related to an increase in 
the number of IPTV subscribers and an increase in intercarrier access disputes.  As our IPTV subscriber 
base  increases,  we  expect  to  see  corresponding  increases  in  bad  debt.    Our  cost  structure  continues  to 
benefit from previous integration and cost reduction efforts from prior years.   

Other Operations Operating Expenses 

Operating expenses for Other Operations decreased by $8.0 million, or 20.4%, to $31.2 million in 
2010 as compared to $39.2 million in 2009.  The decrease in Other Operations expenses was primarily the 
result  of  the  elimination  of  $11.0  million  of  operating  expenses  related  to  the  sale  of  our  CMR  and 
Operator  Services  business  units  in  2010.    These  decreases  were  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in 
operating expenses related to revenue growth in our Prison Services business. 

Depreciation and Amortization 

Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $2.0 million, or 2.3%, to $87.2 million in 
2010 compared to $85.2 million in 2009.  The increase in depreciation and amortization is principally due 
to increased spending on video equipment which has a relatively shorter depreciation life. 

Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income 

Interest expense, net of interest income, decreased by $7.2 million, or 12.4%, to $50.7 million in 
2010 compared to $57.9 million in 2009.  Interest expense in 2010 benefited from the expiration during 
2009  of  $135  million  of  fixed  interest  rate  swaps  as  the  fixed  rates  paid  on  the  swaps  were  at  a 
significantly  higher  rate  than  the  rates  we  received  in  return,  as  well  as  lower  overall  interest  rates  in 
general.    Interest  expense  in  2010  also  benefited  from  the  reversal  of  $1.4  million  of  interest  expense 
related to uncertain tax positions for which the statute of limitations expired on September 15, 2010. 

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Income (Expense) 

Other  income  (expense)  increased  $1.5  million  to  $27.0  million  in  2010  compared  to  $25.5 
million  in  2009.    The  2010  increase  was  principally  due  to  improved  earnings  from  our  wireless 
partnerships.  Other income (expense) in 2009 was positively affected by a gain of $1.8 million from the 
reversal of a previously established reserve in excess of the settlement amount of a dispute with Verizon. 

Income Taxes  

Our  provision  for  income  taxes  decreased  by  $3.4 million  to  $9.0 million  in  2010  compared  to 

$12.4 million in 2009.  The effective tax rate was 21.3% for 2010 and 32.3% for 2009.  

The  effective  rate  was  lower  in  2010  primarily  due  to  changes  in  unrecognized  tax  benefits.  
During 2010, we recognized a net $4.2 million decrease in our liability for uncertain tax positions which 
reduced  our  tax  expense  for  the  year  by  a  corresponding  amount.    The  net  decrease  included  a  $5.4 
million  decrease  due  to  the  expiration  of  a  federal  statute  of  limitation  and  an  increase  of  $1.2  million 
related to 2009 state income tax filings with a corresponding $0.4 million of related federal deferred tax 
asset.  We also recognized $0.3 million of tax benefit in 2010 from adjusting our 2009 provision to match 
our 2009 returns versus $0.9 million of tax benefit in 2009 from adjusting our 2008 provision to match 
our  2008  returns.    In  addition,  as  a  result  of  state  tax  planning  and  changes  to  our  state  tax  reporting 
structure, we had a net decrease in our state deferred income tax rate.  This change in the state deferred 
income tax rate resulted in a $0.6 million of tax benefit in 2010 compared to a $1.0 million tax benefit in 
2009 due to applying a lower effective deferred income tax rate to previously recorded tax liabilities.  In 
addition, various prior year returns were amended and filed in 2009, resulting in a $0.5 million state tax 
benefit. 

Exclusive of these adjustments, our effective tax rate would have been 34.3% for the year ended 

December 31, 2010, compared to 36.2% for the year ended December 31, 2009. 

Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest 

The  net  income  attributable  to  noncontrolling  interest  totaled  $0.6  million  in  2010  versus  $1.0 

million in 2009.  The income for our ETFL subsidiary declined due to a reduction in revenue.      

Trends and Factors that May Affect Future Operating Results 

Growth of data, Internet and video services 

We continue to expand the deployment of our broadband and IPTV services.  Our business plan 
is focused on growing revenues by expanding the number of customers who subscribe to our Internet and 
IPTV services.  As of December 31, 2011, we have passed approximately 212,000 homes with our IPTV 
service and over 96% of our connections are DSL capable at speeds of 3 mbps, 91% at 6 mbps, 82% at 10 
mbps,  and  51%  at  20  mbps.    We  expect  to  continue  increasing  the  percentage  of  households  in  our 
territories  who  subscribe  to  these  services.    We  also  expect  to  continue  working  with  our  vendors  to 
improve  the  requisite  hardware  and  software  technology.    If  we  are  unable  to  continue  to  increase  the 
penetration of our Internet and video services, our future revenues, cash flows and results of operations 
may suffer.   

Although  we  expect  revenues  from  data,  Internet  and  video  services  to  grow  substantially,  this 
business  typically  generates  lower  margins  than  our  traditional  wireline  business  (primarily  due  to  the 

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
lack  of  subsidies  for  this  revenue  stream).    As  a  result,  as  we  replace  traditional  wireline  revenue  with 
revenue from data, Internet and video services, our margins may decline.  See “—Results of Operations”. 

Loss of Access Lines 

Most wireline telephone companies have experienced a loss of local access lines due to increased 
competition from wireless providers, cable television operators, competitive local exchange carriers and 
challenging economic conditions.  We have not been immune to these conditions.  In 2011 and 2010, our 
number of access lines decreased by 9,149 and 10,094, respectively.  The number of local access lines in 
service directly affects the monthly recurring revenue we generate from end-users, the amount of traffic 
on  our  network,  the  access  charges  we  receive  from  other  carriers,  the  federal  and  state  subsidies  we 
receive, and most other revenue streams.  We expect this trend to continue although on a declining scale.  
The continued decline in local access lines will have a negative impact on our future cash flow and results 
of operations. 

Competition and Regulation  

Technological,  regulatory  and  market  changes  have  provided  us  both  new  opportunities  and 
challenges.  These changes have allowed us to offer new types of services in an increasingly competitive 
market.  At the same time, they have allowed other service providers to broaden the scope of their own 
competitive  offerings.    Current  and  potential  competitors  for  network  services  include  other  telephone 
companies,  cable  companies,  wireless  service  providers,  satellite  providers,  Internet  service  providers, 
providers  of  VOIP  services  and  other  companies  that  offer  network  services  using  a  variety  of 
technologies.    Many  of these  companies  have  a  strong  market  presence,  brand  recognition and  existing 
customer  relationships,  all  of  which  contribute  to  intensifying  competition  and  may  affect  our  future 
revenue  growth.    Many  of  our  competitors  also  remain  subject  to  fewer  regulatory  constraints  than  us.  
We  are  unable  to  predict  definitively  the  impact  that  the  ongoing  changes  in  the  telecommunications 
industry will ultimately have on our business, results of operations or financial condition.  The financial 
impact  will  depend  on  several  factors,  including  the  timing,  extent  and  success  of  competition  in  our 
markets,  the  timing  and  outcome  of  various  regulatory  proceedings  and  any  appeals,  and  the  timing, 
extent and success of our pursuit of new opportunities.  

As more fully discussed under the caption the “Regulatory Overview,” on November 18, 2011, 
the FCC released its comprehensive order on Access Charge and Universal Service Reform (see Part I – 
Item  1  –  “Business  –  Regulatory  Environment  -  FCC  Access  Charge  and  Universal  Service  Reform 
Order).   The order is effective January 1, 2012 and will be phased in over a six and a half year period.  
For 2011, federal subsidies accounted for 6.5% and switched terminating access accounted for 3.5% of 
consolidated revenue, respectively.  The Company is still evaluating the Order, but currently expects the 
impact to be  neutral to slightly positive in 2012 to and dilutive in 2013 and beyond. However, even in 
2013  and  beyond,  the  Company  expects  the  net  impact,  including  lower  access  costs,  will  be  slightly 
better  than  the  historical  rate  of  decline  in  regulated  revenues.    This  assumes  that  the  FCC  does  not 
change the order based on the appeals filed by the state commissions and carriers including Consolidated. 

Summary of Critical Accounting Policies 

We  base  this  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  results  of  operations,  cash  flow  and  financial 
condition  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S. 
GAAP. 

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets 

Goodwill 

The  FASB  accounting  guidance  related  to  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  that  have 
indefinite useful lives requires us to perform an assessment, no less than annually, of the carrying value of 
goodwill  associated  with  each  of  our  reporting  units.    The  goodwill  impairment  analysis  is  a  two-step 
process.  The first step identifies potential impairment by comparing each reporting unit’s estimated fair 
value to its carrying value, including goodwill.  To calculate the reporting unit’s fair value, we utilize both 
a  discounted  cash  flow  approach  as  well  as  a  market  approach.    Significant  management  judgment  is 
required  in  developing  the  assumptions  used  in  the  discounted  cash  flow  model.    These  significant 
assumptions include increases or decreases in growth rates for revenues and expenses, expected amounts 
for future capital expenditures, working capital needs, and discount rates (weighted-average cost of capital 
(“WACC”)).  If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is deemed 
not to be impaired.  If the carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, there is an indication of potential 
impairment and a second step is performed to measure the amount of any potential impairment. 

The second step of the process involves the calculation of an implied fair value of goodwill for 
each reporting unit for which step one indicated potential impairment.  The implied fair value of goodwill 
is  determined  by  deducting  the  estimated  fair  value  of  all  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  reporting  unit 
determined  based  on  a  hypothetical  purchase  price  allocation  from  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit 
determined  in  step  one.    If  the  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  exceeds  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill 
assigned  to  the  reporting  unit,  there  is  no  impairment.    If  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill  assigned  to  a 
reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded to write 
down the carrying value of goodwill to the implied fair value.   

Segment  management  evaluates  the  operations  of  the  telephone  operations  segment  on  a 
consolidated basis rather than at a geographic level.  In general, product managers and cost managers are 
responsible for managing costs and services across territories rather than treating the territories as separate 
business  units.    The  operations  of  our  Illinois,  Texas  and  Pennsylvania  properties  share  network 
operations  monitoring,  call  routing,  remittance,  customer  service,  billing  systems  and  research  and 
development  costs.    In  addition,  the  Pennsylvania  territories  receive  their  video  programming  from  a 
video head-end located in the Illinois territory, and all of the networks provide redundancy.  As a result 
the Telephone Operations of our Illinois, Texas and Pennsylvania territories and our Pennsylvania CLEC 
operations are included in a single reporting unit, Telephone Operations. 

The  only  reporting  units  in  the  Other  Operations  segment  which  have  a  goodwill  intangible 
balance  are  our  Prison  Services  and  Business  Systems  entities.    The  carrying  value  of  the  goodwill  by 
reporting unit as of December 31, 2011 is: 

Telephone operations 
Prison Services 
Business Systems 

$519.5 million 
$0.2 million 
$0.8 million 

We perform our annual assessment of the carrying value of goodwill as of November 30 of each 
year,  or  more  frequently  if  circumstances  arise  which  would  indicate  a  reduction  in  the  fair  value  of  a 
reporting unit below its carrying value.  Each year, we determine the estimated fair value of each of our 
reporting units using a discounted cash flow model.  Our 2011, 2010 and 2009 impairment testing did not 
result in any impairment of any reporting units. 

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The discount rate, sales growth and profitability assumptions are material assumptions utilized in 
our  discounted  cash  flow  model.    The  discount  rate  is  an  after-tax  WACC.    The  WACC  is  calculated 
based on observable market data.  Some of this data (such as the risk free or treasury rate and the pretax 
cost of debt) are based on the market data at a point in time.  Other data (such as beta and the equity risk 
premium)  are  based  upon  market  data  over  time.    Sales  growth  rates  and  profitability  assumptions  are 
aligned with our long-term strategic planning process and reflect the best estimate of future results based 
on all information available to us at the assessment date. 

The WACC used in our discounted cash flow model was 7.87% at November 30, 2011.  Holding 
all other inputs in our model constant, we could increase the WACC rate to approximately 9.61% without 
the reporting unit’s calculated fair value falling below its carrying value.  In addition, the calculated fair 
value  of  our  reporting  units  could  decrease  by  approximately  16%  without  falling  below  the  carrying 
value.    

Our  discounted  cash  flow  model  assumes  that  our  broadband  (both  Internet  and  IPTV),  carrier 
wholesale  businesses  and  wireless  partnerships  continue  to  grow,  mostly  offsetting  projected  continued 
declines  in  the  wireline  telephone  business.    We  have  assumed  fairly  flat  operating  expenses  for  the 
projection  period.  As  a  result,  our  model  assumes  moderate  margin  compression  as  higher  margin 
revenues  generated  from  local  access  lines  are  being  replaced  by  lower  margin  revenues  from  DSL, 
IPTV, VOIP and other products.  For the reporting units in our Other Operation segment, we assumed flat 
to slightly growing revenue and expenses.  This mostly results in steady margins, which is consistent with 
the recent operations of these businesses.  Despite these conservative assumptions, our analysis continues 
to conclude that there is no impairment of the carrying value of our goodwill in any of our reporting units. 

We also evaluated the carrying value of our reporting units using a market approach.  In applying 
this  methodology,  we  looked  at  prior  transactions  involving  other  comparable  RLECs  and  the  market 
multiples which were paid relative to enterprise value.  This approach confirmed the indicative fair values 
under the discounted cash flow approach. 

 In  the  course  of  operating  the  business,  should  our  assumptions  not  be  realized,  we  would 
generally  attempt  to  offset  any  unexpected  revenue  declines  with  proportional  reductions  in  our  cost 
structure, including cost of services and products and selling, general and administrative expenses.   

Other Intangible Assets 

Intangible assets, other than goodwill, not being amortized are also reviewed for impairment as 
part  of  our  annual  business  planning  cycle  in  the  fourth  quarter  or  whenever  events  or  circumstances 
make  it  more  likely  than  not  that  an  impairment  may  have  occurred.    Several  factors  could  trigger  an 
impairment review, including: 

•  A change in the use or perceived value of our tradenames; 
•  Significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results; 
•  Significant regulatory changes that would impact future operating revenues; 
•  Significant changes in our customer base; 
•  Significant negative industry or economic trends; or 
•  Significant changes in the overall strategy we employ to operate our business. 

We determine if impairment exists primarily based on a method that uses discounted cash flows.  
This  requires  management  to  make  certain  assumptions  regarding  future  income,  royalty  rates,  and 

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
discount rates, all of which would affect our impairment calculation.  Our 2011 review did not result in 
any impairment.   

Revenue recognition 

Revenue is recognized when evidence of an arrangement exists, the earnings process is complete, 
and collectability is reasonably assured.  Marketing incentives, including bundle discounts, are recognized 
as revenue reductions in the period the service is provided. 

Local  calling  services,  enhanced  calling  features,  special  access  circuits,  long-distance  flat-rate 
calling plans and most data services (including DSL and IPTV) are billed to end-users in advance.  Billed 
but unearned revenue is deferred and recorded in advance billings and customer deposits. 

Revenues for usage-based services, such as per-minute long-distance service and access charges 
billed to other telephone carriers for originating and terminating long-distance calls on our network, are 
billed in arrears.  We recognize revenue from these services in the period the services are rendered rather 
than billed.  Earned but unbilled usage-based services are recorded in accounts receivable. 

Subsidies,  including  universal  service  revenues,  are  government-sponsored  support  to  subsidize 
services in mostly rural, high-cost areas.  These revenues typically are based on information provided by 
the Company and are calculated by the administering government agency.  Subsidies are recognized in 
the period the service is provided.   

Telephone equipment revenues generated from retail  channels are  recorded at the point of sale.  
Telecommunications systems and structured cabling project revenues are recognized when the project is 
completed and billed.  Maintenance services are provided on both a contract and time and material basis 
and are recorded when the service is provided.  Print advertising and publishing revenues are recognized 
ratably over the life of the related directory, generally 12 months. 

          The  Company  reports  taxes  imposed  by  governmental  authorities  on  revenue-producing 
transactions between the Company and its customers on a net basis. 

Derivatives 

We  have  designated  derivative  contracts  as  cash  flow  hedges  which  will  convert  a  portion  of 
future  cash  flows  associated  with  the  interest  to  be  paid  on  our  credit  facility  from  a  floating  rate  to  a 
fixed rate.   The change in the market value of these derivative contracts is highly effective at offsetting 
changes in interest rate movements of our hedged item.   Gains and losses arising from the change in fair 
value of the hedging transactions are deferred in other comprehensive income, net of applicable income 
taxes, and recognized as a component of interest expense in the period in which the hedged item affects 
earnings.  Any ineffectiveness is recognized immediately in earnings.  If the derivative instruments used 
would no longer be effective at offsetting changes in the price of the hedged item, then the changes in the 
market  value  of  these  instruments  would  be  recorded  in  the  statement  of  operations  as  a  component  of 
interest expense. 

Our  interest  rate  swaps  are  measured  using  an  internal  valuation  model  which  relies  on  an 
expected  LIBOR-based  yield  curve  and  estimates  of  counterparty  and  our  non-performance  risk  as  the 
most significant inputs.  Because each of these inputs are directly observable or can be corroborated by 
observable market data, we have considered these interest rate swaps to be within Level 2 in the fair value 
hierarchy. 

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income taxes 

Our  current  and  deferred  income  taxes  and  associated  valuation  allowances  are  impacted  by 
events and transactions arising in the normal course of business as well as in connection with the adoption 
of  new  accounting  standards,  acquisitions  of  businesses  and  non-recurring  items.    Assessment  of  the 
appropriate amount and classification of income taxes is dependent on several factors, including estimates 
of the timing and realization of deferred income tax assets and the timing of income tax payments.  Actual 
collections and payments may materially differ from these estimates as a result of changes in tax laws as 
well  as  unanticipated  future  transactions  impacting  related  income  tax  balances.    We  account  for  tax 
benefits  taken  or  expected  to  be  taken  in  our  tax  returns  in  accordance  with  the  accounting  guidance 
applicable for uncertainty in income taxes, which requires the use of a two-step approach for recognizing 
and measuring tax benefits taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.  

Subsidies revenues 

We  recognize  revenues  from  universal  service  subsidies  and  charges  to  inter-exchange  carriers 
for  switched  and  special  access  services.    In  certain  cases,  our  rural  telephone  companies  participate  in 
interstate  revenue  and  cost-sharing  arrangements,  referred  to  as  pools,  with  other  telephone  companies.  
Pools  are  funded  by  charges  imposed  by  participating  companies  on  their  respective  customers.    The 
revenue  we  receive  from  our  participation  in  pools  is  based  on  our  actual  cost  of  providing  interstate 
services.    These  costs  are  not  precisely  known  until  special  jurisdictional  cost  studies  are  completed—
generally during the second quarter of the following year. 

Allowance for uncollectible accounts 

We use estimates and assumptions when evaluating the collectability of our accounts receivable.  
When we are aware that a specific customer is unable to meet its financial obligations, such as following 
a  bankruptcy  filing  or  substantial  downgrading  of  credit  scores,  we  record  a  specific  allowance  against 
amounts due to set the net receivable to an amount we believe we can collect.  For all other customers, we 
generally  reserve  an  amount  based  upon  a  rolling  four  month  average  of  actual  write-offs.    If 
circumstances change, we may review the adequacy of the allowance to determine if we should modify 
our estimates of the recoverability of amounts due us by a material amount.  At December 31, 2011 and 
2010, our total allowance for uncollectible accounts for all business segments was $2.5 million and $2.7 
million, respectively.   

Pension and postretirement benefits 

The  amounts  recognized  in  our  financial  statements  for  pension and  postretirement  benefits  are 

determined on an actuarial basis utilizing several critical assumptions. 

We  make  significant  assumptions  in  regards  to  our pension  and postretirement  plans,  including 
the  expected  long-term  rate  of  return  on  plan  assets  and  the  discount  rate  used  to  value  the  periodic 
pension  expense  and  liabilities.    Our  pension  investment  strategy  is  to  maximize  long-term  returns  on 
invested  plan  assets  while  minimizing  the  risk  of  volatility.    Accordingly,  we  target  our  allocation 
percentage  at  60%  in  equity  funds,  with  the  remainder  in  fixed  income  and  cash  equivalents.    Our 
assumed rate considers this investment mix as well as past trends.  We used a weighted-average expected 
long-term rate of return of 7.5% in 2011 and 2010, respectively.  In determining the appropriate discount 
rate,  we  consider  the  current yields  on high-quality corporate  fixed-income  investments  with  maturities 
that correspond to the expected duration of our pension and postretirement benefit plan obligations.  For 
our 2011 and 2010 projected benefit obligations, we used a weighted-average discount rate of 5.35% and 

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.86%,  respectively,  for  our  pension  plans  and  5.22%  and  5.58%,  respectively,  for  our  other 
postretirement plans. 

Net  pension  and  postretirement  costs  were  $4.0  million,  $5.6  million  and  $8.5  million  for  the 
years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  In 2011, we contributed $9.5 million to 
our qualified pension plan, $0.1 million to our non-qualified pension plan, $3.6 million to our other post 
retirement  plans  and  $2.5  million  to  our  401(k)  plan.    In  2010,  we  did  not  make  a  contribution  to  our 
qualified  pension  plan  but  contributed  $2.4  million  to  our  401(k)  plan  and  $2.6  million  to  our  other 
postretirement  plans.    In  2009,  we  contributed  $10.5  million  to  our  qualified  pension  plan  and  $2.8 
million  to  our  other  postretirement  plans.    In  2012,  we  expect  to  make  contributions  totaling 
approximately $12.6 million to our qualified pension plan, $0.1 million to our non-qualified pension plan, 
$2.5  million  to  our  401(k)  plan  and  $2.6  million  to  our  other  postretirement  plans.    Our  contribution 
amounts meet the minimum funding requirements as set forth in employee benefit and tax laws. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Outlook and Overview 

The following table sets forth selected information concerning our financial condition. 

(In thousands) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Working capital 
Total debt 
Current ratio  

December 31, 

2011 
$105,704 
83,040 
884,711 
1.97 

2010 
$67,654 
60,658 
884,125 
1.80 

Our  operating  requirements  have  historically  been  funded  from  cash  flows  generated  from  our 
business and borrowings under our credit facilities.  We expect that our future operating requirements will 
continue  to  be  funded  from  cash  flows  generated  from  our  business  and,  if  needed,  from  borrowings 
under our revolving credit facility.   

As a general matter, we expect that our liquidity needs for 2012 will arise primarily from:  (i) an 
expected dividend payment of $46.0 million to $47.0 million; (ii) interest payments on our indebtedness 
of  approximately  $44.0  million  to  $46.0  million;  (iii)  capital  expenditures  of  $42.0  million  to  $44.0 
million; (iv) cash income tax payments of $15.0 million to $18.0 million; (v) 401(k), pension and other 
postretirement plan contributions of approximately $17.8 million; and (vi) certain other costs.  In addition 
we currently expect to use between $35.0 to $40.0 million in cash from the balance sheet to help fund our 
acquisition of SureWest which we expect to close in the third or fourth quarter of 2012.  However, our 
ability to use cash may be limited by our other expected uses of cash, including our dividend policy, and 
our ability to incur additional debt will be limited by our existing and future debt agreements. 

While we expect the SureWest acquisition to be de-levering, it will be necessary for us to take on 
additional debt to fund the transaction.  See Part II – Item 7 – “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources – Credit Facilities”.  We 
believe that cash flows from operating activities, together with our existing cash and borrowings available 
under our revolving credit facility, and committed acquisition financing for SureWest, will be sufficient 
for at least the next 12 months to fund our currently anticipated uses of cash.  After that, our ability to 
fund these expected uses of cash and to comply with the financial covenants under our debt agreements 
will depend on the results of future operations, performance and cash flow.  Our ability to do so will be 

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
subject  to  prevailing  economic  conditions  and  to  financial,  business,  regulatory,  legislative  and  other 
factors, many of which are beyond our control. 

We may be unable to access the cash flows of our subsidiaries since certain of our subsidiaries 
are parties to credit or other borrowing agreements or subject to statutory or regulatory restrictions, that 
restrict the payment of dividends or making intercompany loans and investments, and those subsidiaries 
are  likely  to  continue  to  be  subject  to  such  restrictions  and  prohibitions  for  the  foreseeable  future.    In 
addition, future agreements that our subsidiaries may enter into governing the terms of indebtedness may 
restrict our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends or advance cash in any other manner to us. 

To  the  extent  that  our  business  plans  or  projections  change  or  prove  to  be  inaccurate,  we  may 
require  additional  financing  or  require  financing  sooner  than  we  currently  anticipate.    Sources  of 
additional  financing  may  include  commercial  bank  borrowings,  other  strategic  debt  financing,  sales  of 
nonstrategic assets, vendor financing or the private or  public sales of equity and debt securities.  There 
can be no assurance that we will be able to generate sufficient cash flows from operations in the future, 
that  anticipated  revenue  growth  will  be  realized,  or  that  future  borrowings  or  equity  issuances  will  be 
available  in  amounts  sufficient  to  provide  adequate  sources  of  cash  to  fund  our  expected  uses  of  cash.  
Failure to obtain adequate financing, if necessary, could require us to significantly reduce our operations 
or level of capital expenditures which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and 
the results of operations. 

As discussed below, our term loan has been fully funded at a fixed spread above LIBOR, and we 
have  $50  million  available  under  our  revolving  credit  facility.      Based  on  our  discussion  with  banks 
participating  in  the  bank  group,  we  expect  that  the  funds  will  be  available  under  the  revolving  credit 
facility if necessary. 

Sources of Liquidity 

Our  current  principal  sources  of  liquidity  are  cash,  cash  equivalents,  cash  available  under  our 

secured revolving credit facility, cash provided by operations and working capital. 

Cash  and  cash  equivalents.    Cash  and  cash  equivalents  in  2011  increased  by  $38.0  million  to 
$105.7  million  compared  to  $67.7  million  in  2010.    The  increase  for  2011  is  primarily  due  to  better 
collections on our customer receivables, lower interest payments, and higher cash distributions from our 
wireless partnerships.  Also, in 2010 we made a cash distribution to a noncontrolling interest that is made 
on a discretionary basis.      

Cash  provided  by  operations.    Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  in  2011  was  $130.2 
million, as compared to cash provided by operating activities of $115.0 million in 2010.  Cash provided 
by operations in 2011 increased primarily as a result of better operating performance, including increase 
in cash provided from our wireless partnerships and lower operating expenses and lower interest expense.   

Working  capital.    Our  net  working  capital  position  increased  by  $22.4  million  in  2011  versus 
2010.  Our improved working capital position in 2011 is principally the result of the increase in cash and 
cash equivalents as noted above.   

Cash available under our secured revolving credit facility.  At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we 
had  no  borrowings  or  letters  of  credit  outstanding  under  our  secured  revolving  credit  facility  and  $50 
million of availability (see a more detailed description of our secured revolving credit facility below). 

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Uses of Liquidity 

Our principal uses of liquidity are dividend payments, interest expense and other payments on our 

debt, capital expenditures and payments made to fund our pension and other postretirement obligations. 

Dividend payments.  During 2011, we used $46.3 million of cash to make dividend payments to 
shareholders.  In 2010, we used $46.2 million of cash to make dividend payments to shareholders.  The 
increase  in  dividend  payments  is  the  result  of  the  issuance  of  restricted  stock  under  our  long-term 
incentive plan.  Our current annual dividend rate is approximately $1.55 per share.   

Interest and other payments related to outstanding debt.  During 2011, we used $47.2 million of 
cash  to  make  required  interest  payments  on  our  outstanding  debt,  including  payments  to  settle  swap 
liabilities.  We also used $0.1 million of cash during 2011 to reduce our capital lease obligations.  During 
2010,  we  used  $50.2  million  of  cash  to  make  required  interest  payments  on  our  outstanding  debt, 
including payments to settle swap liabilities.  We also used $0.4 million of cash during 2010 to reduce our 
capital lease obligations.   

Pension  and  postretirement  obligations.    During  2011,  we  used  $15.5  million  of  cash  to  fund 
pension,  401(k)  and  other  postretirement  plans.    During  2010,  we  used  $5.0  million  of  cash  to  fund 
pension,  401(k)  and  other  postretirement  obligations.    In  2012,  we  expect  to  make  payments  totaling 
$17.8  million  in  contributions  for  pension,  401(k)  and  other  postretirement  plans.    The  increase  in 
contributions in 2011 relates primarily to  minimum  contribution requirements for our qualified pension 
plans and a higher level of estimated payments for other postretirement benefits.  

Capital expenditures.  During 2011, we spent approximately $42.6 million on capital projects.  In 

2010, we spent approximately $41.7 million on capital projects.   

Debt  

The following table summarizes our indebtedness as of December 31, 2011: 

(in thousands) 

Balance 

Maturity Date 

Rate (1) 

Capital leases 
Revolving credit facility 
Term loan 
Term loan 

$4,711     May 31, 2021 
June 8, 2016 

- 

$470,948  December 31, 2014 
$409,052  December 31, 2017 

5.5% 
LIBOR plus 3.25% 
LIBOR plus 2.50% 
LIBOR plus 3.75% 

(1)  As of December 31, 2011, the 1-month LIBOR in effect on our borrowings was 0.295%. 

Credit Facilities 

Borrowings  under  our  credit  facilities  are  our  senior,  secured  obligations  that  are  secured  by 
substantially all of the assets of the borrower, Consolidated Communications, Inc., and the guarantors (the 
Company and each of the existing subsidiaries of Consolidated Communications, Inc. other than Illinois 
Consolidated  Telephone  Company).    The  credit  agreement  contains  customary  affirmative  covenants, 
which  require  us  and  our  subsidiaries  to  furnish  specified  financial  information  to  the  lenders,  comply 
with applicable laws, maintain our properties and assets and maintain insurance on our properties, among 
others, and contains customary negative covenants which restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to incur 
additional debt and issue capital stock, create liens, repay other debt, sell assets, make investments, loans, 
guarantees  or  advances,  pay  dividends,  repurchase  equity  interests  or  make  other  restricted  payments, 

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
engage  in  affiliate  transactions,  make  capital  expenditures,  engage  in  mergers,  acquisitions  or 
consolidations, enter into sale-leaseback transactions, amend specified documents, enter into agreements 
that  restrict  dividends  from  subsidiaries  and  change  the  business  we  conduct.    In  addition,  the  credit 
agreement  requires  us  to  comply  with  specified  financial  ratios  that  are  summarized  below  under  “—
Covenant Compliance”. 

Our  $880  million  term  loan  credit  facility  is  made  up  of  two  separate  tranches,  resulting  in 
different maturity dates and interest rate margins for each term loan tranche.  The first term loan tranche 
consists  of  $470.9  million  aggregate  principal  amount,  matures  on  December  31,  2014  and  has  an 
applicable margin (at our election) equal to either 2.50% for a LIBOR-based term loan or 1.50% for an 
alternative base rate loan.  The second term loan tranche consists of $409.1 million aggregate principal 
amount,  matures  on  December  31,  2017  and  has  an  applicable  margin  (at  our  election)  equal  to  either 
3.75%  for  a  LIBOR-based  term  loan  or  2.75%  for  an  alternative  base  rate  term  loan.    The  applicable 
margins for each of the term loan tranches are fixed for the duration of the loans.   

Our revolving credit facility has a maturity date of June 8, 2016 and an applicable margin (at our 
election) of between 2.75% and 3.50% for LIBOR-based borrowings and between 1.75% and 2.50% for 
alternative base rate borrowings, depending on our leverage ratio.  Based on our leverage ratio of 4.55:1 
at December 31, 2011, the borrowing margin for the next three month period ending March 31, 2012 will 
be at a weighted-average margin of 3.25% for a LIBOR-based loan or 2.25% for an alternative base rate 
loan.   

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the weighted-average interest rate incurred on our credit 

facilities, including the effect of our interest rate swaps, was 5.37% per annum.   

Effective  February  17,  2012,  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  financing  for  the  SureWest 
transaction,  we  amended  our  credit  facility.    The  amendment  provides  us  with  the  ability  to  escrow 
proceeds from a high-yield note offering prior to closing the acquisition and, until closing, excludes the 
debt from current leverage calculations.  The amendment also permits us additional flexibility for future 
high  yield  notes  issuances  with  the  same  subsidiary  guarantees  as  the  current  credit  facility.    All  other 
terms, coverage and leverage ratios were unchanged. 

Derivative Instruments 

The Company currently uses derivatives only to hedge the variable cash flows of future interest 
payments on long-term debt.  To the extent a derivative qualifies as a cash flow hedge, the gain or loss 
associated with the effective portion is recorded as a component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) and any ineffectiveness is recorded immediately in earnings.  Changes in the fair value of 
derivatives  that  do  not  meet  the  criteria  for  hedge  accounting  are  recognized  in  the  consolidated 
statements of operations.  Fair value is determined based on publicly available interest rate yield curves 
and  an  estimate  of  our  nonperformance  risk  or  our  counterparty’s  nonperformance  credit  risk,  as 
applicable.  We do not anticipate any nonperformance by any counterparty.  When an interest rate swap 
agreement terminates, any resulting gain or loss is recognized over the shorter of the remaining original 
term of the hedging instrument or the remaining life of the underlying debt obligation.   

At  December  31,  2011,  we  had  $300  million  notional  amount  of  floating  to  fixed  interest  rate 
swap agreements outstanding and $230 million notional amount of basis swaps outstanding.  The swaps 
are  in  place  to  hedge  the  change  in  overall  cash  flows  related  to  our  term  loan,  the  driver  of  which  is 
changes in the underlying variable interest rate.   

The  $230  million  notional  amount  of  floating  to  fixed  swap  agreements  outstanding  are  setup 
whereby  we  receive  3-month  LIBOR-based  interest  payments  from  the  swap  counterparties  and  pay  a 

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fixed rate.  The basis swap agreements are structured so that we pay 3-month LIBOR-based payments less 
a  fixed  percentage  to  the basis  swap  counterparties,  and  receive 1-month  LIBOR.    Concurrent  with  the 
execution of the basis swaps, we began electing 1-month LIBOR resets on our credit facility.  

The  $300  million  notional  amount  of  floating  to  fixed  interest  rate  swap  agreements  are  setup 
whereby we make fixed payments to the swap counterparties and receive 1-month LIBOR.  These swaps 
have staggered maturity dates.   

 In addition, we also currently have in place a $275 million notional amounts of forward floating 
to  fixed  interest  rate  swap  agreement  that  become  effective  and  mature  on  staggered  dates.    For  these 
swap agreements, we will make fixed payments to the swap counterparty and receive 1-month LIBOR. 

Covenant Compliance 

In  general,  our  credit  agreement  restricts  our  ability  to  pay  dividends  to  the  amount  of  our 
Available Cash accumulated after October 1, 2005, plus $23.7 million and minus the aggregate amount of 
dividends  paid  after  July  27,  2005.    Available  Cash  for  any  period  is  defined  in  our  credit  facility  as 
Adjusted EBITDA (a)  minus, to the extent not deducted in the determination  of Adjusted  EBITDA, (i) 
non-cash  dividend  income  for  such  period;  (ii)  consolidated  interest  expense  for  such  period,  net  of 
amortization of debt issuance costs incurred (A) in connection with or prior to the consummation of the 
Merger or (B) in connection with the Senior Note Redemption; (iii) capital expenditures from internally 
generated  funds;  (iv)  cash  income  taxes  for  such  period;  (v)  scheduled  principal  payments  of 
Indebtedness,  if  any;  (vi)  voluntary  repayments  of  indebtedness  (other  than  in  connection  with  the 
Merger,  the  Senior  Note  Redemption  or  any  Permitted  Refinancing)  and  net  increases  in  outstanding 
Revolving Loans during such period; (vii) the cash costs of any extraordinary or unusual losses or charges 
during  such  period;  (viii)  all  cash  payments  made  during  such  period  on  account  of  losses  or  charges 
expensed prior to such period (to the extent not deducted in the determination of Consolidated EBITDA 
for  such  period)  and  (ix)  all  Transaction  Fees  added  back  for  such  period,  (b)  plus,  to  the  extent  not 
included in the determination of Consolidated EBITDA, (i) cash interest income for such period; (ii) the 
cash  amount  realized  in  respect  of  extraordinary  or  unusual  gains  during  such  period;  and  (iii)  net 
decreases  in  Revolving  Loans  during  such  period.    Based  on  the  results  of  operations  from  October  1, 
2005 through December 31, 2011, and after taking into consideration dividend payments (including the 
$11.6 million dividend declared in November 2011 and paid on February 1, 2012), we continue to have 
$171.8 million in dividend availability under the credit facility covenant. 

Under our credit agreement, if our total net leverage ratio (as such term is defined in the credit 
agreement), as of the end of any fiscal quarter, is greater than 5.10:1.00, we will be required to suspend 
dividends  on  our  common  stock  unless  otherwise  permitted  by  an  exception  for  dividends  that  may  be 
paid from the portion of proceeds of any sale of equity not used to make mandatory prepayments of loans 
and not used to fund acquisitions, capital expenditures or make other investments.  During any dividend 
suspension  period,  we  will  be  required  to  repay  debt  in  an  amount  equal  to  50.0%  of  any  increase  in 
available cash (as such term is defined in our credit agreement) during such dividend suspension period, 
among other things.  In addition, we will not be permitted to pay dividends if an event of default under the 
credit agreement has occurred and is continuing.  Among other things, it will be an event of default if our 
interest coverage ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter is below 2.25:1.00. As of December 31, 2011, 
our total net leverage ratio was 4.55:1.00, and our interest coverage ratio was 3.82:1.00. 

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The description of the covenants above and of our credit agreement generally in this Report are 
summaries  only.    They  do  not  contain  a  full  description,  including  definitions,  of  the  provisions 
summarized.  As such, these summaries are qualified in their entirety by these documents, which are filed 
as exhibits to our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on 
Form 8-K. 

Capital leases 

The Company had previously leased from LATEL LLC (“LATEL”) five properties which have 
been  used  as  office  and  warehouse  space.    These  triple  net  operating  leases  required  us  to  pay 
substantially all expenses associated with general maintenance and repair, utilities, insurance, and taxes.  
With  the  sale  of  our  CMR  business  unit  in  early  2010,  we  assigned  the  lease  for  the  building  used  by 
CMR to the purchaser of that business at closing.   

On December 22, 2010, we entered into new lease agreements with LATEL for the occupancy of 
three buildings on a triple net lease basis, effective December 1, 2010.  The Company vacated a fourth 
property on June 30, 2011. 

The  three  new  leases  each  have  a  maturity  date  of  May  31,  2021  and  each  have  two  five-year 
options  to  extend  the  terms  of  the  lease  after  the  expiration  date.    The  three  leases  require  total  rental 
payments  to  LATEL  of  approximately  $7.9  million  over  the  term  of  the  leases.    In  accordance  with 
Accounting Standards Codification Topic 840, Leases, we have treated each of the three leases as capital 
leases, and have capitalized the lower of the present value of the future minimum lease payments or their 
fair value.  The carrying value of the capital leases at December 31, 2011 was approximately $4.0 million.   

The Chairman of the Company, Richard A. Lumpkin, and his immediate family have a beneficial 
ownership  interest  of  70.7%  in  2011  and  74.85%  in  2010  of  LATEL,  directly  or  through  Agracel,  Inc. 
(“Agracel”).    Agracel  is  a  real  estate  investment  company  of  which  Mr.  Lumpkin,  together  with  his 
family, have a beneficial interest of 41.3% in 2011 and 49.7% in 2010.  In addition, Mr. Lumpkin is a 
director of Agracel.  Agracel is the sole managing member and 50% owner of LATEL. 

On  December  1,  2010,  we  entered  into  a  lease  agreement  with  Spruce  Street  Properties,  LTD 
(“Spruce”) for the occupancy of an office building, effective November 1, 2010.  The lease has a maturity 
date of February 28, 2021 and will require a total rental payment to Spruce of approximately $1.6 million 
over  the  term  of  the  lease.    In  accordance  with  Account  Standards  Codification  Topic  840,  Leases,  we 
have treated each of the four leases described above as capital leases, and have capitalized the lower of 
the  present  value  of  the  future  minimum  lease  payments  or  their  fair  value.    The  carrying  value  of  the 
capital lease at December 31, 2011 was approximately $0.7 million. 

Dividends 

The cash required to fund dividend payments is in addition to our other expected cash needs, both 
of  which  we  expect  to  be  funded  with  cash  flows  from  operations.    We  expect  we  will  have  sufficient 
availability  under  our  revolving  credit  facility  to  fund  dividend  payments  in  addition  to  any  expected 
fluctuations  in  working  capital  and  other  cash  needs  although  we  do  not  intend  to  borrow  under  this 
facility to pay dividends. 

We  believe  that  our  dividend  policy  will  limit,  but  not  preclude,  our  ability  to  grow.    If  we 
continue paying dividends at the level currently anticipated under our dividend policy, we may not retain 
a  sufficient  amount  of  cash  and  may  need  to  seek  refinancing  to  fund  a  material  expansion  of  our 

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
business,  including  any  significant  acquisitions  or  to  pursue  growth  opportunities  requiring  capital 
expenditures significantly beyond our current expectations.  In addition, because we expect a significant 
portion of cash available will be distributed to holders of common stock under our dividend policy, our 
ability to pursue any material expansion of our business will depend more than it otherwise would on our 
ability to obtain third-party financing.   

Off-balance sheet arrangements 

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into surety, performance and similar bonds.  As of 

December 31, 2011, we had approximately $1.2 million of these bonds outstanding. 

Table of contractual obligations and commitments  

The  following  table  provides  a  summary  of  our  contractual  obligations  and  commercial 
commitments  as  of  December  31,  2011.    Other  non-current  liabilities  included  in  our  Consolidated 
Balance  Sheet  that  may  not  be  fully  disclosed  below  include  accrued  pension and  postretirement  costs.  
Refer to Notes 14 and 15 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

(In thousands) 
Contractual obligations: 
Term loan and associated interest (a) 
Capital lease  
Operating leases 
Interest rate swaps (c) 
Other (b) 
Total Contractual obligations 

Payments due or expiring by period 

Total 

Less Than 1 
year 

1-3 years 

3-5 years 

 $1,065,361 
8,608 
4,734 
15,981 
2,534       

 $1,097,218 

$51,825     
828 
1,917 
13,035 
1,157 
$68,762 

$559,171     
1,718 
1,798 
3,126 
1,308 
$567,121 

$46,771 
1,805 
397 
(180) 
69 
$48,862 

More than 5 
years 

$    407,594 
4,257 
622 
- 
- 
$412,473 

(a)  These items consist of interest and principal payments under our credit facilities.  Our $880.0 million term loan 
credit  facility  consists  of  two  separate  tranches.    The  first  tranche  consists  of  $470.9  million  aggregate  principal 
amount maturing on December 31, 2014.  The second tranche consists of $409.1 million aggregate principal amount 
maturing on December 31, 2017.  The term loan requires amortization of $8.8 million per year beginning in 2012.  
Our  $50.0  million  revolving  credit  facility  is  undrawn  and  matures  June  8,  2016.    We  have  assumed  a  weighted 
average effective interest rate of 4.92% throughout the entire term of the loan, which was the average rate in effect 
on January 1, 2012.  The actual rate will vary depending on the LIBO rates in effect at the time of payment and the 
expiration dates of the swap agreements. 

 (b) Represents  payments  for  four  operational  support  systems  obligations.    Should  we  terminate  any  of  the 
contracts prior to their expiration, we will be liable for minimum commitment payments as defined in the contracts 
for the remaining term of the contracts.  In addition, we have a contractual obligation for network maintenance.  

(c) Scheduled based on settlements estimated using yield curves in effect at December 31, 2011. 

Market Risks 

We are exposed to  market risk from changes in interest rates.   Market risk is the potential loss 
arising from adverse changes in market interest rates on our variable rate obligations.  We calculate the 
potential change in interest expense caused by changes in market interest rates by determining the effect 
of  the  hypothetical  rate  increase  on  the  portion of  our  variable  rate  debt  that  is  not  hedged  through  the 
interest rate swap agreements.   

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2011, the interest rate on $350 million of our floating rate debt was not fixed 
through the use of interest rate swaps, thereby subjecting this portion of our debt to potential changes in 
interest rates.  If market interest rates changed by 1.0% from the average rates that prevailed during 2011, 
interest expense would have increased or decreased by approximately $2.8 million for the year.   

As of December 31, 2011, the fair value of interest rate swap agreements amounted to a liability 
of $16.0 million.  The deferred loss, net of taxes, recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss for 
our interest rate swaps totaled $10.2 million at December 31, 2011. 

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards 

See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Adoption of Recent Accounting 

Pronouncements, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

The information required by this item is contained in Part II - Item 7 – “Management's Discussion 

and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

The following financial statements and supplementary data of the Company and its subsidiaries 

are included below on pages F-1 through F-43 of this report: 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. 
Consolidated Statements of Operations — For the years ended December 31, 2011, 

2010 and 2009. 

Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2011 and 2010. 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity — For the years ended 

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — For the years ended December 31, 2011, 

2010 and 2009. 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Page 

77 
F-1 

F-2 

F-3 

F-4 

F-5 

F-6 

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

We  maintain  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  that  are  designed  to  ensure  that  information 
required to be disclosed by us in our reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in 
the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and 

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as 
appropriate,  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosures.  Our  management,  with  the 
participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness 
of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2011.  Based 
upon that evaluation and subject to the foregoing, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Based  upon  the  evaluation  performed  by  our  management,  which  was  conducted  with  the 
participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, there has been no change in our 
internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2011 that has materially affected, or 
is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rule  13a–15(f).    Management,  with  the 
participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of our 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2011.    In  making  this  assessment, 
management  used  the  framework  set  forth  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Based upon this assessment, our 
management concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, our internal control over financial reporting was 
effective to provide reasonable assurance that the desired control objectives were achieved.   

The effectiveness of internal control on financial reporting has been audited by Ernst & Young 
LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report on page 77 included in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Inherent Limitation of the Effectiveness of Internal Control 

A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can only provide reasonable, not 
absolute,  assurance  that  the  objectives  of  the  internal  control  system  are  met.    Because  of  the  inherent 
limitations of any internal control system, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that 
all control issues, if any, within a company have been detected. 

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc.  

We have audited Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the Company’s) internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December 31,  2011,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  – 
Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (the 
COSO criteria).  The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial 
reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  in  the 
accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight 
Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance 
about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit 
included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material 
weakness  exists,  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the 
assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe 
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.    A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable 
assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance 
with generally  accepted  accounting principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures of  the  company  are  being  made 
only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements.    Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that 
controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our  opinion,  Consolidated  Communications Holdings, Inc.  and  subsidiaries  maintained,  in  all  material 

respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the COSO criteria. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight 
Board  (United  States),  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings,  Inc.  and 
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in 
stockholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the period  ended  December 31,  2011,  and  our 
report dated March 5, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

St. Louis, Missouri 
March 5, 2012 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

77

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9B.  Other Information 

Under our bylaws, the annual meeting of stockholders is held each year on the date and at the 
time designated by our Board of Directors.  Our Board of Directors has not yet designated the date and 
time of the 2012 annual meeting of stockholders because of the pendency of the transactions 
contemplated under the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 5, 2012, by and among the 
Company, SureWest, WH Acquisition Corp. and WH Acquisition II Corp.  However, we expect that the 
2012 annual meeting of stockholders will be held more than 30 days from the date of the 2011 annual 
meeting of stockholders.  As a result, the due dates for the provision of any stockholder proposal under 
our 2011 proxy statement will no longer be applicable. In order for stockholder proposals intended to be 
presented at the 2012 annual meeting of stockholders to be eligible for inclusion in our proxy statement, 
they must be received by us at our principal executive offices, 121 South 17th Street, Mattoon, Illinois 
61938-3987 (Attention: Secretary), no later than March 20, 2012.  Also, when the Board of Directors 
determines it advisable to designate the date and time of the 2012 annual meeting of stockholders, we will 
notify stockholders of the meeting date and time.

78

 
 
 
 
PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

The  Company  has  adopted  a  code  of  ethics  that  applies  to  all  of  its  employees,  officers,  and 
directors,  including  its  principal  executive  officer,  principal  financial  officer,  and  principal  accounting 
officer.    The  text  of  the  Company’s  code  of  ethics  is  posted  on  its  website  at  www.Consolidated.com 
(select Investor Relations, and then Corporate Governance). 

Additional  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  our  proxy 
statement  to  be  issued  in  connection  with  the  2012  Annual  Meeting  of  our  Stockholders,  which  proxy 
statement is expected to be filed before April 29, 2012.  

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our proxy statement 
to be issued in connection with the 2012 Annual Meeting of our Stockholders, which proxy statement is 
expected to be filed before April 29, 2012. 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our proxy statement 
to be issued in connection with the 2012 Annual Meeting of our Stockholders, which proxy statement is 
expected to be filed before April 29, 2012. 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our proxy statement 
to be issued in connection with the 2012 Annual Meeting of our Stockholders, which proxy statement is 
expected to be filed before April 29, 2012. 

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our proxy statement 
to be issued in connection with the 2012 Annual Meeting of our Stockholders, which proxy statement is 
expected to be filed before April 29, 2012. 

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)   

Index to exhibits, financial statements and schedules. 

(1)  The following consolidated financial statements and reports are included beginning on page F-1 

hereof: 
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. 
Consolidated Statements of Operations — For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 

2009. 

Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2011 and 2010. 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity  — For the years ended December 

31, 2011, 2010, and 2009. 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 

2009. 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

(2)  The following consolidated financial statement schedule of the Company is included on page F-

43 hereof: 

SCHEDULE II  Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

All other financial statements and schedules not listed have been omitted since the 
required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto, or is 
not applicable or required. 

(3)  Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K: 

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 
2.1* 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

4.1 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

Description 
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 5, 2012, by and among the 
Company, SureWest Communications, WH Acquisition Corp. and WH Acquisition II 
Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
February 5, 2012)  
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 7 to Form S-1 dated July 19, 2005, file no. 333-121086) 
Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of 
Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc., as filed with the Secretary of State of the 
State of Delaware on May 3, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Current 
Report on Form 8-K dated May 4, 2011) 
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2009) 
Specimen Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to 
Amendment No. 7 to Form S-1 dated July 19, 2005, file no. 333-121086) 
Amendment Agreement dated June 8, 2011 among Consolidated Communications 
Holdings, Inc., the subsidiaries of Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. named 
therein, the lenders named therein, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as 
administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Current Report on Form 
8-K dated June 13, 2011) 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated June 8, 2011, among Consolidated 
Communications Holdings, Inc., as Parent Guarantor, Consolidated Communications, 
Inc., as Borrower (“CCI”), the lenders referred to therein, Wells Fargo Bank, National 
Association, as administrative agent, issuing bank and swingline lender, CoBank, ACB, 
as syndication agent, General Electric Capital Corporation, as documentation agent, The 
Royal Bank of Scotland PLC, as documentation agent, and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, 
as sole lead arranger and sole bookrunner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to 
Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 13, 2011), as amended by the First Amendment 
to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 17, 2012, by and 
among the Company, CCI, the Subsidiary Loan Parties identified therein, the lenders 
referred to therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 
17, 2012) 
Revolving Extension Agreement, dated July 7, 2011, among Consolidated 
Communications Holdings, Inc., Consolidated Communications, Inc., the Revolving-1 
Lenders referred therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (successor by 
merger to Wachovia Bank, National Association), as administrative agent (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 4, 2011) 
Form of Collateral Agreement, dated December 31, 2007, by and among Consolidated 
Communications Holdings, Inc., Consolidated Communications, Inc., Consolidated 
Communications Acquisition Texas, Inc., Fort Pitt Acquisition Sub Inc., certain 
subsidiaries of Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. identified on the signature 
pages thereto, in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (successor by merger to 
Wachovia Bank, National Association), as Administrative Agent (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2007) 
Form of Guaranty Agreement, dated December 31, 2007, made by Consolidated 
Communications Holdings, Inc. and certain subsidiaries of Consolidated Communications 
Holdings, Inc. identified on the signature pages thereto, in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, 
National Association (successor by merger to Wachovia Bank, National Association), as 

81

 
 
 
 
Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-K for the 
period ended December 31, 2007) 
Letter Agreement, dated March 31, 2008, by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
(successor by merger to Wachovia Bank, National Association), and agreed to and 
acknowledged by Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc., Consolidated 
Communications, Inc., Consolidated Communications Acquisition Texas, Inc. and North 
Pittsburgh Systems, Inc. (formerly known as Fort Pitt Acquisition Sub Inc.) (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated March 31, 2008) 
Letter Agreement dated August 6, 2008 by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
(successor by merger to Wachovia Bank, National Association), and agreed to and 
acknowledged by Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc., Consolidated 
Communications, Inc., Consolidated Communications Acquisition Texas, Inc. and North 
Pittsburgh Systems, Inc. (formerly known as Fort Pitt Acquisition Sub Inc.) (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2008) 
Lease Agreement, dated December 31, 2002, between LATEL, LLC and Illinois 
Consolidated Telephone Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Form S-
4 dated October 26, 2004, file no. 333-119968) 
Lease Agreement, dated December 22, 2010, between LATEL, LLC and Consolidated 
Communications Services Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current 
Report on Form 8-K dated December 22, 2010) 
Lease Agreement, dated December 22, 2010, between LATEL, LLC and Illinois 
Consolidated Telephone Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Current 
Report on Form 8-K dated December 22, 2010) 
Lease Agreement, dated December 22, 2010, between LATEL, LLC and Illinois 
Consolidated Telephone Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Current 
Report on Form 8-K dated December 22, 2010) 
Master Lease Agreement, dated February 25, 2002, between General Electric Capital 
Corporation and TXU Communications Ventures Company (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.13 to Form S-4 dated October 26, 2004, file no. 333-119968) 
Amendment No. 1 to Master Lease Agreement, dated February 25, 2002, between 
General Electric Capital Corporation and TXU Communications Ventures Company, 
dated March 18, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Form S-4 dated 
October 26, 2004, file no. 333-119968) 
Amended and Restated Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. Restricted Share 
Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Amendment No. 7 to Form S-1 dated 
July 19, 2005, file no. 333-121086) 
Amended and Restated Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. 2005 Long-Term 
Incentive Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective May 4, 2010) (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 10, 2010) 
Form of Employment Security Agreement with Robert J. Currey (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated December 4, 2009) 
Form of Employment Security Agreement with certain of the Company’s other executive 
officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K dated December 4, 2009) 
Form of Employment Security Agreement with the Company’s and its subsidiaries vice 
president and director level employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to 
Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2007) 
Executive Long-Term Incentive Program, as revised March 12, 2007 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated March 12, 2007) 
Form of 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan Performance Stock Grant Certificate 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K dated March 12, 2007) 
Form of 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Grant Certificate (incorporated 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15** 

10.16** 

10.17** 

10.18** 

10.19** 

10.20 

10.21 

82

 
 
10.22** 

10.23** 

10.24** 

10.25 

21.1 
23.1 
31.1 

31.2 

32.1 

101*** 

* 

** 
*** 

by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K dated March 12, 2007) 
Form of 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Grant Certificate for Directors 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 8-K dated March 12, 2007) 
Description of the Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. Bonus Plan (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 8-K dated March 12, 2007) 
Separation Agreement dated May 3, 2011 between Consolidated Communications 
Holdings, Inc. and Joseph R. Dively (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Current 
Report on Form 8-K dated May 4, 2011) 
Commitment Letter, dated February 5, 2012, from Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. 
and agreed to and accepted by Consolidated Communications, Inc. (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated February 5, 2012 
List of subsidiaries of the Registrant 
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP 
Certificate of Chief Executive Officer of Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. 
pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
Certificate of Chief Financial Officer of Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. 
pursuant to Rule 13(a)-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 
U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002. 
The following financial information from Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, formatted in XBRL 
(eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of 
Operations, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) the Condensed 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) the Condensed 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) Notes to Unaudited Condensed 
Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text. 

Schedules and other attachments to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, which are listed in the 
exhibit, are omitted. The Company agrees to furnish a supplemental copy of any schedule or 
other attachment to the   Securities and Exchange Commission upon request. 
Compensatory plan or arrangement. 
Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the Interactive Data Files in Exhibit 101 hereto are not 
deemed filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of 
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are not deemed filed for purposes of Section 18 of the 
Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under 
those sections. 

83

 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the 

Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly 
authorized, in the City of Mattoon, State of Illinois, on the 5th day of March 2012. 

CONSOLIDATED COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. 

By: /s/ Robert J. Currey            _ 
Name:  Robert J. Currey 
Title:  President and Chief Executive 

Officer  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed 

below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

Date 

By: /s/ Robert J. Currey 
Robert J. Currey 

By: /s/ Steven L. Childers 
Steven L. Childers 

President and Chief Executive 
Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Senior Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer  
(Principal Financial and  
Accounting Officer) 

By: /s/ Richard A. Lumpkin 
Richard A. Lumpkin 

Chairman of the Board 
and Director 

By:  /s/ Roger H. Moore 
Roger H. Moore 

By:  /s/ Maribeth S. Rahe 
  Maribeth S. Rahe 

Director 

Director 

March 5, 2012 

March 5, 2012 

 March 5, 2012 

 March 5, 2012 

 March 5, 2012 

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Consolidated  Communications 
Holdings,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the  Company)  as  of  December 31,  2011  and  2010,  and  the  related  consolidated 
statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended  December 31,  2011.    Our  audits  also  included  the  financial  statement  schedule  listed  in  the  Index  at  Item 
15(a).    These  financial  statements  and  schedule  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.    Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.   

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance 
about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.    An  audit  includes  examining,  on  a  test 
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing 
the accounting principles used and the significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits and the reports of other auditors provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinion. 

In  our  opinion,  the  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the 
consolidated  financial  position  of  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings,  Inc.  at  December 31,  2011  and  2010, 
and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 
December 31,  2011,  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.    Also,  in  our  opinion,  the 
related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, 
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

We  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United  States),  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings,  Inc.’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31,  2011,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control –  Integrated  Framework,  issued  by  the 
Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission,  and  our  report  dated  March 5,  2012, 
expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

/s/  Ernst & Young LLP 

St. Louis, Missouri 
March 5, 2012  

F-1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 

(In thousands, except per share amounts) 

Net revenues 
Operating expense: 

Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation 

and amortization shown separately below) 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Debt refinancing costs 
Depreciation and amortization 

Operating income  
Other income (expense): 

Interest expense, net of interest income 
Investment income 
Other, net 

Income before income taxes  
Income tax expense  
Net income 
Less:  net income attributable to noncontrolling interest  
Net income attributable to common stockholders 

Net income per common share—basic 

Net income per common share—diluted 

Cash dividends per common share 

Year ended December 31, 
2010 

2011 

2009 

$374,263 

$383,366 

$406,167 

139,264 
81,050 
2,649 
88,745 
62,555 

(49,394) 
27,843 
823 
41,827 
14,845 
26,982 
572 
$26,410   

$0.88 

$0.88 

$1.55 

142,302 
88,025 
- 
87,142 
65,897 

(50,740) 
27,744 
(758) 
42,143 
8,991 
33,152 
557 
$32,595   

$1.09 

$1.09 

$1.55 

145,460 
104,774 
- 
85,227 
70,706 

(57,935) 
25,770 
(207) 
38,334 
12,399 
25,935 
1,030 
$  24,905 

$0.84 

$0.84 

$1.55 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

F-2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts) 
Assets 
Current assets: 
     Cash and cash equivalents 
     Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of 
         $2,547 in 2011 and $2,694 in 2010 
     Inventories 
     Income tax receivable 
     Deferred income taxes 

 Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

Total current assets 

Property, plant and equipment, net 
Investments 
Goodwill 
Customer lists, net 
Tradenames 
Deferred debt issuance costs, net and other assets 
Total assets 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 
Current liabilities: 
     Accounts payable 

Advance billings and customer deposits 
Dividends payable 

     Accrued expense 
     Current portion of senior secured term debt 
     Current portion of capital lease obligations 
Current portion of derivative liability 
Current portion of pension and postretirement benefit obligations 

Total current liabilities 
Long-term portion of capital lease obligation 
Senior secured long-term debt 
Deferred income taxes 
Pension and other postretirement obligations 
Other long-term liabilities  
Total liabilities 

Stockholders’ equity: 

December 31, 

2011 

2010 

$    105,704   

$    67,654   

35,492 
7,151 
8,988 
4,825 
6,170 
168,330 

332,046 
98,069 
520,562 
57,811 
12,347 
4,904 
$1,194,069 

$    13,673  
20,324 
11,571 
24,571 
8,800 
192 
3,580 
2,579 
85,290 
4,519 
871,200 
77,327 
93,754 
14,167 
1,146,257 

42,012 
7,972 
6,490 
5,672 
6,450 
136,250 

356,057 
99,105 
520,562 
79,950 
12,347 
5,275 
$1,209,546 

$    9,972  
22,088 
11,530 
22,649 
- 
132 
6,374 
2,847 
75,592 
3,993 
880,000 
73,628 
80,621 
23,837 
1,137,671 

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 100,000,000 shares 

authorized, 29,869,512 and 29,763,122, shares outstanding as of 
December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively 

Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net 
Noncontrolling interest 
Total stockholders’ equity  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity  

299 
79,852 
- 
(37,833) 
5,494 
47,812 
$1,194,069 

298 
98,126 
- 
(31,471) 
4,922 
71,875 
$1,209,546 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

F-3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 

(In thousands except share  amounts) 

Common Stock 
Shares 

Amount 

Additional 
Paid in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings 

Accumulated  
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 

Non-
controlling
Interest 

Total 

Balance, January 1, 2009  

29,488,408 

$295 

$129,284 

$       - 

$(59,479) 

$5,185 

$  75,285 

29,608,653 

$296 

$109,746 

$        - 

$(35,540) 

$6,215 

Dividends on common stock 
Shares issued under employee plan, net of 

forfeitures 

Non-cash, stock-based compensation 
Purchase and retirement of common stock 
Tax on restricted stock vesting 
Pension tax adjustment 
Comprehensive income (loss): 

Net income  
Change in prior service cost and net 
loss, net of tax of $8,345 
Change in fair value of cash flow 
hedges, net of tax of $5,707 
Total comprehensive income  
Balance, December 31, 2009 

Dividends on common stock 
Shares issued under employee plan, net of 

forfeitures 

Non-cash, stock-based compensation 
Purchase and retirement of common stock 
Tax on restricted stock vesting 
Distributions to non-controlling interests 
Comprehensive income (loss): 

Net income  
Change in prior service cost and net 
loss, net of tax of $948 
Change in fair value of cash flow 
hedges, net of tax of $1,430 
Total comprehensive income  
Balance, December 31, 2010 

Dividends on common stock 
Shares issued under employee plan, net of 

forfeitures 

Non-cash, stock-based compensation 
Purchase and retirement of common stock 
Tax on restricted stock vesting 
Comprehensive income (loss): 

Net income  
Change in prior service cost and net 
loss, net of tax of $8,434 
Change in fair value of cash flow 
hedges, net of tax of $4,434 
Total comprehensive income  
Balance, December 31, 2011 

154,752 

(34,507) 

- 

1 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

(21,021) 

(24,905) 

- 
1,927 
(545) 
198 
(97) 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

24,905 

- 

- 

208,007 

(53,538) 

- 

2 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

(13,584) 

(32,595) 

- 
2,363 
(1,001) 
602 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

32,595 

- 

- 

145,383 

(38,993) 

- 

1 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

(19,938) 

(26,410) 

- 
2,132 
(726) 
258 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

26,410 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

(45,926) 

1 
1,927 
(545) 
198 
(97) 

1,030 

25,935 

14,022 

9,917 

- 

- 

14,022 

9,917 
49,874 
$80,717 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

(46,179) 

- 
- 
- 
- 
(1,850)

2 
2,363 
(1,001) 
602 
(1,850) 

557 

33,152 

1,572 

2,497 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

1,572 

2,497 
37,221 
$71,875 

(46,348) 

1 
2,132 
(726) 
258 

(13,959) 

7,597 
20,620 
$47,812 

572 

26,982 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

(13,959) 

7,597 

- 

- 

29,869,512 

$299 

$79,852 

$        - 

$(37,833) 

$5,494 

29,763,122 

$298 

$98,126 

$        - 

$(31,471) 

$4,922 

F-4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

 (In thousands) 

Operating Activities 
Net income  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by 

operating activities: 
Depreciation and amortization 
Deferred income taxes 
Decrease in uncertain tax positions 
Loss on disposal of assets 
Cash distributions from wireless partnerships in excess 

of/(less than) current earnings 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Amortization of deferred financing costs 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable, net 
Income taxes receivable 
Inventories 
Other assets 
Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 
Investing Activities 

Additions to property, plant and equipment, net 
Proceeds from the sale of assets 
Other 

Net cash used for investing activities 
Financing Activities 

Fees paid for the modification of debt 
Distributions to noncontrolling interest 
Payment of capital lease obligation 
Repurchase and retirement of common stock 
Dividends on common stock 
Net cash used for financing activities 
Net increase in cash and equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow: 

Interest paid 
Income taxes paid 

Year ended December 31, 
2010 

2009 

2011 

$26,982 

$33,152 

$25,935 

88,745 
8,546 
(262) 
370 

945 
2,132 
1,411 

87,142 
(2,390) 
(5,169) 
2,057 

16 
2,363 
1,293 

6,520 
(2,498)    
821 
280 
3,701 
(7,509) 
130,184 

113 
(3,699) 
(1,084) 
273 
(3,510) 
4,457 
115,014 

(42,593) 
840 
272 
(41,481) 

(3,471) 
- 
(149) 
(726) 
(46,307) 
(50,653) 
38,050 
67,654 
$105,704 

(41,789) 
1,065 
35 
(40,689) 

- 
(1,850) 
(399) 
(1,001) 
(46,179) 
(49,429) 
24,896 
42,758 
$67,654 

85,227 
57 
- 
2,491 

(3,091) 
1,927 
1,301 

2,967 
775 
608 
363 
1,146 
(3,399) 
116,307 

(42,352) 
725 
- 
(41,627) 

- 
- 
(922) 
(545) 
(45,926) 
(47,393) 
27,287 
15,471 
$42,758 

$47,215 
$8,788 

$50,205 
$18,706 

$56,026 
$10,996 

F-5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

1.   

Nature of Operations  

Consolidated  Communications  Holdings,  Inc.  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  which  are 
collectively  referred  to  as  “Consolidated”,  the  “Company”,  “we”,  “our”  or  “us”  unless  the  context 
otherwise  requires,  operates  its  businesses  under  the  name  Consolidated  Communications.    We  are  an 
established rural local exchange carrier (“RLEC”) offering a wide range of telecommunications services 
to  residential  and  business  customers  in  Illinois,  Texas  and  Pennsylvania  including:  local  and  long-
distance  service;  high-speed  broadband  Internet  access  (“DSL”);  standard  and  high-definition  digital 
television  (“IPTV”);  digital  telephone  service  (“VOIP”);  custom  calling  features;  private  line  services; 
carrier  access  services;  network  capacity  services  over  our  regional  fiber  optic  network;  directory 
publishing and Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (“CLEC”) services.  At December 31, 2011, we had 
227,992 local access lines, 110,913 DSL lines, 34,356 IPTV subscribers, 9,199 VOIP, and an estimated 
89,774 CLEC access line equivalents. 

We  also  operate  two  non-core  complementary  businesses:    telephone  services  to  correctional 

facilities and equipment sales.   

Founded  in  1894  as  the  Mattoon  Telephone  Company  by  the  great-grandfather  of  our  current 
Chairman, Richard A. Lumpkin, we began as one of the nation’s first independent telephone companies.  
We  are  a  Delaware  corporation  organized  in  2002  and  are  the  successor  to  businesses  engaged  in 
providing telecommunication services since 1894.   

2.   

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Principles of consolidation 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Consolidated  Communications 
Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and subsidiaries in which it has a controlling financial 
interest.  All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Use of estimates 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of 
assets  and  liabilities,  and  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial 
statements.  Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Industry Segments  

We operate in two reportable segments: Telephone Operations and Other Operations. 

Cash and cash equivalents 

We consider all highly liquid short-term investments purchased with a maturity of three months 

or less to be cash equivalents.  Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.   

F-6 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments 

If the Company can exercise significant influence over the operations and financial policies of an 
affiliated company, even without control, the investment in the affiliated company is accounted for using 
the equity method.  If the Company does not have control and also cannot exercise significant influence, 
the investment in the affiliated company is accounted for using the cost method. 

To  determine  whether  an  investment  is  impaired,  the  Company  monitors  and  evaluates  the 
financial  performance  of  each  business  in  which  it  invests  and  compares  the  carrying  value  of  the 
investment  to  quoted  market  prices  (if  available)  or  the  fair  value  of  similar  investments.    In  certain 
circumstances,  fair  value  is  based  on  traditional  valuation  models  utilizing  a  multiple  of  cash  flows.  
When  circumstances  indicate  there  has  been  an  other-than-temporary  decline  in  the  fair  value  of  the 
investment, the Company records the decline in value as a realized impairment loss and a reduction in the 
cost of the investment. 

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts 

Accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due to the Company from normal activities. A 
receivable is determined to be past due when the amount is overdue based on the payment terms with the 
customer. In certain circumstances, the Company requires deposits from customers to mitigate potential 
risk associated with receivables.  The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to reflect 
management’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in the accounts receivable balance.  Management 
determines the allowance for doubtful accounts based on known troubled accounts, historical experience, 
and other currently available evidence.  Accounts receivable are written off when management determines 
they will not be collected. 

Inventories 

Inventories consist mainly of copper and fiber cable that will be used for network expansion and 
upgrades, materials and equipment used to maintain and install telephone systems and equipment related 
to our IPTV service.  Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using the average cost method. 

Goodwill and other intangible assets 

In  accordance  with  the  applicable  guidance  on  accounting  for  goodwill  and  other  intangible 
assets,  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  that  have  indefinite  useful  lives  are  not  amortized  but  rather  are 
tested at least annually for impairment.  Tradenames have been determined to have indefinite lives; thus 
they  are  not  amortized  but  are  tested  annually  for  impairment  using  discounted  cash  flows  based  on  a 
relief from royalty method.  We evaluate the carrying value of goodwill as of November 30 of each year 
and  compare  the  carrying  value  of  each  reporting  unit  to  its  fair  value  to  determine  whether  or  not  a 
potential  impairment  exists.    Our  analysis  conducted  during  the  fourth  quarters  of  2011  and  2010 
determined that there was no impairment of any of our assets.   

The accounting guidance applicable to intangible assets also provides that assets that have finite 
lives  should  be  amortized  over  their  useful  lives.    Customer  lists  are  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis 
over their estimated useful lives (ranging from 5 to 13 years) based upon our historical experience with 
customer attrition.  In accordance with the applicable guidance relating to the impairment or disposal of 
long-lived assets, we evaluate the potential impairment of finite-lived intangible assets when impairment 
indicators exist.  If the carrying value is no longer recoverable based upon the undiscounted future cash 
flows of the asset, an impairment equal to the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value 
of the asset is recognized. 

F-7 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Values of Financial Instruments 

We use the following methods in estimating fair value for financial instruments: 

Cash  and  cash  equivalents,  short-term  investments,  accounts  receivable  and  accounts  payable:    The 
carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximate fair value. 

Derivatives:  The fair value of derivatives (i.e., interest rate swaps) is determined using publicly available 
interest rate yield curves adjusted for non-performance. 

Long-term debt:  Because  our long-term debt reprices  monthly, the carrying amount of our borrowings 
under our secured credit facility approximates fair value.   

Derivatives and Hedging Activities 

Derivative instruments are accounted for in accordance with the FASB’s applicable guidance on 
accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activity.  This guidance provides comprehensive and 
consistent  standards  for  the  recognition  and  measurement  of  derivative  and  hedging  activities.    It  also 
requires  that  derivatives  be  recorded  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  at  fair  value  and  establishes 
criteria for hedges of changes in fair values of assets, liabilities, or firm commitments; hedges of variable 
cash  flows  of  forecasted  transactions;  and  hedges  of  foreign  currency  exposures  of  net  investments  in 
foreign  operations.    The  Company  currently  uses  derivatives  only  to  hedge  the  variable  cash  flows  of 
future interest payments on long-term debt.  To the extent a derivative qualifies as a cash flow hedge, the 
gain  or  loss  associated  with  the  effective  portion  is  recorded  as  a  component  of  Accumulated  Other 
Comprehensive Income (Loss) and any ineffectiveness is recorded immediately in earnings.  Changes in 
the  fair  value  of  derivatives  that  do  not  meet  the  criteria  for  hedge  accounting  are  recognized  in  the 
consolidated statements of operations.  Fair value is determined based on publicly available interest rate 
yield  curves  and  an  estimate  of  our  nonperformance  risk  or  our  counterparty’s  nonperformance  credit 
risk, as applicable.  We do not anticipate any nonperformance by any counterparty.  When an interest rate 
swap  agreement  terminates,  any  resulting  gain  or  loss  is  recognized  over  the  shorter  of  the  remaining 
original term of the hedging instrument or the remaining life of the underlying debt obligation.   

Property, plant and equipment 

Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost.    The  costs  of  additions,  replacements,  and 
major improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.  
Depreciation  is  determined  based  upon  the  assets’  estimated  useful  lives  using  either  the  group  or  unit 
method. 

The  group  method 

is  used  for  depreciable  assets  dedicated 

to  providing  regulated 
telecommunication  services,  including  the  majority  of  the  network  and  outside  plant  facilities.    A 
depreciation rate for each asset group is developed based on the group’s average useful life.  This method 
requires periodic revision of depreciation rates.  When an individual asset is sold or retired, the difference 
between the proceeds, if any, and the cost of the asset is charged or credited to accumulated depreciation, 
without recognition of a gain or loss. 

The unit method is primarily used for buildings, furniture, fixtures and other support assets. Each 
asset is depreciated on the straight-line basis over its estimated useful life.  When an individual asset is 
sold  or  retired,  the  cost  basis  of  the  asset  and  related  accumulated  depreciation  are  removed  from  the 
accounts and any associated gain or loss is recognized. 

F-8 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated useful lives are as follows: 

Buildings 
Network and outside plant facilities 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 
Capital leases 

Employment-Related Benefits 

Years 

18 – 40 
3 – 50 
3 – 15 
11 

Employment-related  benefits  associated  with  pensions  and  postretirement  healthcare  are 
expensed  as  actuarially  determined.    The  recognition  of  expense  is  impacted  by  estimates  made  by 
management,  such  as  discount  rates  used  to  value  certain  liabilities,  investment  rates  of  return  on  plan 
assets,  increases  in  future  wage  amounts  and  future  healthcare  costs.    We  use  third-party  specialists  to 
assist  us  in  appropriately  measuring  the  expense  and  liabilities  associated  with  employment-related 
benefits. 

We  determine  our  actuarial  assumptions  for  the  pension  and  postretirement  plans,  after 
consultation with our actuaries, on December 31 of each year to calculate liability information as of that 
date  and  pension  and  postretirement  expense  for  the  following  year.    The  discount  rate  assumption  is 
determined based on a spot yield curve that includes bonds that are rated Corporate AA- or higher with 
maturities that match expected benefit payments under the plan.   

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects projected returns for the investment 
mix that have been determined to meet the plans’ investment objectives.  The expected long-term rate of 
return on plan assets is selected by taking into account the expected weighted averages of the investments 
of the assets, the fact that the plan assets are actively managed to mitigate downside risks, the historical 
performance of the market in general and the historical performance of the retirement plan assets over the 
past ten years.  

Revenue recognition 

Revenue is recognized when evidence of an arrangement exists, the earnings process is complete, 
and collectability is reasonably assured.  Marketing incentives, including bundle discounts, are recognized 
as revenue reductions in the period the service is provided. 

Local  calling  services,  enhanced  calling  features,  special  access  circuits,  long-distance  flat-rate 
calling plans and most data services (including DSL and IPTV) are billed to end-users in advance.  Billed 
but unearned revenue is deferred and recorded in advance billings and customer deposits. 

Revenues for usage-based services, such as per-minute long-distance service and access charges 
billed to other telephone carriers for originating and terminating long-distance calls on our network, are 
billed in arrears.  We recognize revenue from these services in the period the services are rendered rather 
than billed.  Earned but unbilled usage-based services are recorded in accounts receivable. 

Subsidies,  including  universal  service  revenues,  are  government-sponsored  support  to  subsidize 
services in mostly rural, high-cost areas.  These revenues typically are based on information provided by 
the Company and are calculated by the administering government agency.  Subsidies are recognized in 
the period the service is provided.  There is a reasonable possibility that out of period subsidy adjustments 

F-9 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
may be recorded in the future, but they are  anticipated to be immaterial to our results of operation and 
financial position. 

Telephone equipment revenues generated from retail  channels are  recorded at the point of sale.  
Telecommunications systems and structured cabling project revenues are recognized when the project is 
completed and billed.  Maintenance services are provided on both a contract and time and material basis 
and are recorded when the service is provided.  Print advertising and publishing revenues are recognized 
ratably over the life of the related directory, generally 12 months. 

          The  Company  reports  taxes  imposed  by  governmental  authorities  on  revenue-producing 
transactions between the Company and its customers on a net basis. 

Advertising costs 

The costs of advertising are charged to expense as incurred.  Advertising expenses totaled $2.4 

million, $2.5 million and $1.7 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

Income taxes 

We  and  our  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  file  a  consolidated  federal  income  tax  return.    Our 
majority-owned subsidiary, East Texas Fiber Line Incorporated (“ETFL”), files a separate federal income 
tax  return.    Some  state  income  tax  returns  are  filed  on  a  consolidated  basis  while  others  are  filed  on  a 
separate legal entity basis.  Federal and state income tax expense or benefit is allocated to each subsidiary 
based on separately determined taxable income or loss. 

Amounts in the financial statements related to income taxes are calculated in accordance with the 
FASB’s authoritative guidance on accounting for income taxes.  We also apply the FASB’s authoritative 
guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes to account for uncertain tax positions recognized 
in our financial statements.  For more information, please see Note 18. 

Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between assets and liabilities 
recognized for financial reporting purposes and assets and liabilities recognized for tax purposes, as well 
as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.  Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured 
using tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are 
expected to be recovered or settled.  The Company records a valuation allowance for deferred income tax 
assets when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be 
realized. 

Provisions for federal and state income taxes are calculated on reported pretax earnings based on 
current tax law and also may include, in the current period, the cumulative effect of any changes in tax 
rates from those used to determine deferred tax assets and liabilities.  Such provisions may differ from the 
amounts currently receivable or payable because certain items of income and expense are recognized in 
one  time  period  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and  in  another  for  income  tax  purposes.    Significant 
judgment  is  required  in  determining  income  tax  provisions  and  evaluating  tax  positions.    Even  if  the 
Company believes its tax positions are fully supportable, it will establish reserves for income tax when it 
is  more  likely  than  not  there  remain  income  tax  contingencies  that  will  be  challenged  and  possibly 
disallowed.    The  consolidated  tax  provision  and  related  accruals  include  the  impact  of  such  reasonably 
estimated  losses.    To  the  extent  the  probable  tax  outcomes  of  these  matters  change,  those  changes  will 
alter the income tax provision in the period in which such determination is made. 

F-10 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation 

We maintain one stock-based compensation plan.  The plan provides for the grant of awards in 
the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock grants, stock unit grants and other equity-based 
awards  to  eligible  directors  and  employees.    We  account  for  stock-based  compensation  under  the 
applicable accounting guidance which requires all stock-based awards to employees, including grants of 
employee stock options, to be recognized as compensation expense in the financial statements based on 
their  grant  date  fair  values.    We  recognized  stock-based  compensation  expense  of  $2.1  million,  $2.4 
million and $1.9 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

Earnings per Common Share  

 We  apply  the  FASB’s  authoritative  guidance  on  the  treatment  of  participating  securities  in  the 
calculation of earnings per share and use the two-class method to compute basic and diluted earnings per 
share.  To the extent that stock-based compensation is anti-dilutive, it is excluded from the calculation of 
diluted earnings per share.   

Noncontrolling Interest 

ETFL is a joint venture owned 63% by the Company and 37% by Eastex Telecom Investments, 

LLC.   ETFL provides connectivity to certain customers within Texas over a fiber optic transport 
network. 

Subsequent Events 

The  Company  has  evaluated  subsequent  events  and  transactions  for  potential  recognition  or 

disclosure in the financial statements through the day the financial statements are issued (See Note 25). 

Adoption of Recent Accounting Pronouncements Applicable to the Company 

In  January 2010,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No. 2010-06,  Fair  Value 
Measurements  and  Disclosures  (Topic  820) -  Improving  Disclosures  about  Fair  Value  Measurements 
(“ASU No. 2010-06”).  ASU No. 2010-06 provides amended disclosure requirements related to fair value 
measurements.  Certain disclosure requirements of ASU No. 2010-06 were effective beginning in the first 
quarter  of  2010,  while  other  disclosure  requirements  of  ASU  No.  2010-06  were  effective  in  the  first 
quarter  of  2011.    Adoption  of  this  guidance  on  January  1,  2011  required  only  additional  disclosures 
concerning  fair  value  measurements,  and  did  not  affect  the  Company’s  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations or cash flows.  

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards 
Update No. 2011-04 (“ASU 2011-04”), Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and 
Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”).  This 
pronouncement was issued to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value 
measurement  and  disclosure  requirements  are  similar  between  U.S.  GAAP  and  IFRS.    ASU  2011-04 
changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly 
for  Level  3  fair  value  measurements.    This  pronouncement  is  effective  for  fiscal  years,  and  interim 
periods  within  those  years,  beginning  after  December  15,  2011.    The  adoption  of  ASU  2011-04  is  not 
expected  to  have  a  significant  impact  to  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  position  or  results  of 
operations. 

F-11 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  June  2011,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2011-05  (“ASU  2011-05”), 
Presentation of Income.  ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to report other comprehensive income and 
its components in the statement of changes in stockholder’s equity and requires an entity to present the 
total  of  comprehensive  income,  the  components  of  net  income  and  the  components  of  other 
comprehensive  income  either  in  a  single  continuous  statement  or  in  two  separate  but  consecutive 
statements.    This  pronouncement  is  effective  for  fiscal  years,  and  interim  periods  within  those  years, 
beginning  after  December  15,  2011.    Adoption  of  this  provision  will  impact  the  presentation  of  the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements.   

3.   

Affiliated Transactions 

Richard A. Lumpkin, Chairman of the Board, together with his family, beneficially owned 41.3% 
and  49.7%  of  Agracel,  Inc.  (“Agracel”),  a  real  estate  investment  company,  at  December  31,  2011  and 
2010, respectively.  Mr. Lumpkin also is a director of Agracel. 

Agracel  is  the  sole  managing  member  and  50%  owner  of  LATEL  LLC  (“LATEL”).    Mr. 
Lumpkin  and  his  immediate  family  had  beneficial  ownership  of  70.7%  and  74.85%  of  LATEL  at 
December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  On December 22, 2010, the Company entered into new lease 
agreements with LATEL for the occupancy of three buildings on a triple net  lease basis  which became 
effective  on  December  1,  2010.    Prior  to  the  new  lease  agreements  signed  on  December  22,  2010,  the 
Company  had leased five properties from LATEL which were used as office and warehouse space.  In 
2010,  the  Company  assigned  one  of  the  five  leased  buildings  to  the  purchaser  of  its  CMR  business  at 
closing.  On July 21, 2010, the Company gave notice to LATEL of its intent to vacate the remaining four 
leases,  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  lease  agreements.    On  December  22,  2010,  the  Company 
signed new lease agreements on three of the four leases.  The Company vacated the fourth leased building 
at  the  end  of  the  lease  term  on  June  30,  2011.    In  accordance  with  the  Company’s  related  person 
transactions  policy,  the  new  leases  were  approved  by  the  Company’s  Audit  Committee  and  Board  of 
Directors. 

The  three  new  leases  each  have  a  maturity  date  of  May  31,  2021  and  each  have  two  five-year 
options  to  extend  the  terms  of  the  lease  after  the  expiration  date.    The  three  leases  require  total  rental 
payments  to  LATEL  of  approximately  $7.9  million  over  the  terms  of  the  leases.    In  accordance  with 
Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 840, Leases, we have treated each of the three leases 
as  capital  leases,  and  have  capitalized  the  lower  of  the  present  value  of  the  future  minimum  lease 
payments  or  their  fair  value.    The  carrying  value  of  the  capital  leases  at  December  31,  2011  was 
approximately $4.0 million and at December 31, 2010 was approximately $4.1 million.   

These  triple  net  leases  required  us  to  pay  substantially  all  expenses  associated  with  general 
maintenance  and  repair,  utilities,  insurance,  and  taxes.    We  recognized  rent  expense  of  $0.2  million  in 
2011, $1.2 million in 2010 and $1.4 million in 2009 with regard to these leases.    In 2011, we amortized 
$0.5 million in interest expense and $0.1 million in amortization expense related to the capitalized leases.     

Agracel  is  the  sole  managing  member  and  66.7%  owner  of  MACC,  LLC  (“MACC”).    Mr. 
Lumpkin,  together  with  his  family,  owns  the  remainder  of  MACC.    The  Company  had  leased  certain 
office  space  from  MACC  which  was  used  by  CMR.    With  the  sale  of  our  CMR  business  unit  in  early 
2010, we assigned the lease associated with this office space to the purchaser of that business at closing.  
We  recognized  rent  expense  in  the  amount  of  $32  thousand  in  2010  and  $0.2  million  in  2009  in 
connection with this lease. 

F-12 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mr. Lumpkin, together with members of his family, beneficially owns 100% of SKL Investment 
Group, LLC (“SKL”).  The Company charged SKL $56 thousand in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, 
for use of office space, computers, telephone service and other office-related services. 

Mr. Lumpkin also has a minority ownership interest in First Mid-Illinois Bancshares, Inc. (“First 
Mid-Illinois”),  which  provides  the  Company  with  general  banking  services,  including  depository, 
disbursement, and payroll accounts and retirement plan administrative services.  The Company provides 
telecommunications  products  and  services  to  First  Mid-Illinois  at  pricing  which  is  similar  to  other 
strategic  business  customers.    Following  is  a  summary  of  the  transactions  between  us  and  First  Mid-
Illinois for the years ended December 31: 

(In thousands) 
Fees charged from First Mid-Illinois for: 

Banking services 
401(k) plan administration 

Interest income earned on deposits at First Mid-Illinois 
Fees charged to first Mid-Illinois for telecommunication services 

2011 

2010 

2009 

$    4   
14 
8 
532 

$    8  
14 
8 
455 

$  10 
11 
6 
456 

4.   

Prepaid and other current assets 

Prepaid and other current assets at December 31 are as follows: 

(In thousands) 

2011 

2010 

Prepaid maintenance 
Prepaid taxes 
Deferred charges 
Prepaid insurance 
Prepaid expense - other 
Other current assets 
Total 

$1,980 
440  
784 
313 
2,607 
46 
$6,170 

$2,242 
182  
961 
392 
2,603 
70 
$6,450 

5.   

Property, plant and equipment 

Property, plant and equipment at December 31 are as follows: 

(In thousands) 

2011 

2010 

Land and buildings 
Network and outside plant facilities 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 
Assets under capital lease 
Less:  accumulated depreciation 

Construction in progress 
Totals 

$66,704   
897,140 
73,185 
10,014 
(721,527) 
325,516 
6,530 
$332,046 

$66,499   
869,565 
81,920 
9,279 
(675,390) 
351,873 
4,184 
$356,057 

Depreciation expense  totaled  $66.6  million, $65.0  million  and  $63.1  million  in 2011,  2010  and 

2009, respectively.  Amortizations of assets under capital lease are included in depreciation expense.  

F-13 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.   

Investments 

We  own  2.34%  of  GTE  Mobilnet  of  South  Texas  Limited  Partnership  (the  “Mobilnet  South 
Partnership”).  The principal activity of the Mobilnet South Partnership is providing cellular service in the 
Houston, Galveston, and Beaumont, Texas metropolitan areas.  We also own 3.60% of Pittsburgh SMSA 
Limited Partnership (“Pittsburgh SMSA”), which provides cellular service in and around the Pittsburgh 
metropolitan area.  Because of our limited influence over these partnerships, we use the cost method to 
account for both of these investments.  It is not practicable to estimated fair value of these investments.  
We did not evaluate any of the investments for impairment as no factors indicating impairment existed 
during the year.  In 2011 and 2010, we received cash distributions from these partnerships totaling $11.1 
million and $11.7 million, respectively. 

We  also  own  17.02%  of  GTE  Mobilnet  of  Texas  RSA  #17  Limited  Partnership  (“RSA  17”), 
16.6725% of Pennsylvania RSA 6(I) Limited Partnership (“RSA 6(I)”) and 23.67% of Pennsylvania RSA 
6(II)  Limited  Partnership  (“RSA  6(II)”).    RSA  #17  provides  cellular  service  to  a  limited  rural  area  in 
Texas.    RSA  6(I)  and  RSA  6(II)  provides  cellular  service  in  and  around  our  Pennsylvania  service 
territory.  Because we have some influence over the operating and financial policies of these entities, we 
account for the investments using the equity method.  In 2011 and 2010, we received cash distributions 
from these partnerships totaling $17.2 million and $15.6 million, respectively.  The carrying value of the 
investments exceeds the underlying equity in net assets of the partnerships by $28.5 million.  In 2011 we 
disposed  of  our  50%  ownership  interest  in  Boulevard  Communications,  LLP,  a  competitive  access 
provider in western Pennsylvania and recorded a loss of $22 thousand.   

Investments at December 31 are as follows: 

(In thousands) 

Cash surrender value of life insurance policies 
Cost method investments: 

GTE Mobilnet of South Texas Limited Partnership (2.34%) 
Pittsburgh SMSA Limited Partnership (3.60%) 
CoBank, ACB Stock 
Other 

Equity method investments: 

GTE Mobilnet of Texas RSA #17 Limited Partnership (17.02% interest) 
Pennsylvania RSA 6(I) Limited Partnership (16.6725% interest) 
Pennsylvania RSA 6(II) Limited Partnership (23.67% interest) 
Boulevard Communications, LLP (50% interest) 

Total 

2011 

2010 

$1,978    

$1,960    

21,450 
22,950 
3,394 
15 

19, 422 
7,063 
21,797 
- 
$98,069 

21,450 
22,950 
3,148 
25 

19,253 
7,191 
22,971 
157 
$99,105 

CoBank is a cooperative bank owned by its customers.  Annually, CoBank distributes patronage 
in the form of cash and stock in the cooperative based on the Company’s outstanding loan balance with 
CoBank, who has traditionally been a significant lender in the Company’s credit facility.   The investment 
in CoBank represents the accumulation of the equity patronage paid by CoBank to the Company. 

Selective summarized financial information for the equity method investments at December 31 was as 
follows: 

F-14 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (In thousands) 

2011 

2010 

2009 

Total revenues 
Income from operations 
Income before taxes 
Net income 

Current assets 
Non-current assets 
Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 
Partnership equity 

$305,965 
84,803 
84,844 
84,483 

44,739 
79,432 
14,523 
1,096 
108,552 

$258,249 
77,830 
79,473 
78,973 

48,802 
78,262 
12,916 
874 
113,293 

$236,835 
65,565 
66,832 
66,501 

47,894 
76,906 
11,035 
623 
113,260 

7.  

Fair Value Measurements 

ASC Topic 820 (“ASC 820”), Fair Value Measurement, establishes a framework for measuring 
fair  value.    That  framework  provides  a  fair  value  hierarchy  that  prioritizes  the  inputs  to  valuation 
techniques  used  to  measure  fair  value.    The  hierarchy  gives  the  highest  priority  to  unadjusted  quoted 
prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and lowest priority to 
unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements).  The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under ASC 820 
are described as follows: 

•  Level  1  -  Inputs  to  the  valuation  methodology  are  unadjusted  quoted  prices  for  identical 

assets or liabilities in active markets. 

•  Level 2 - Inputs to the valuation methodology include 

o  quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; 
o  quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets; 
o 
inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; 
o 
inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by 
correlation or other means. 

•  Level  3  -  Inputs  to  the  valuation  methodology  are  unobservable  and  significant  to  the  fair 

value measurement.   

The asset or liability’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the 
lowest  level  of  any  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement.    Valuation  techniques  used 
maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. 

The Company’s derivative instruments related to interest rate swap agreements are required to be 
measured at fair value on a recurring basis.  The fair values of the interest rate swaps are determined using 
an  internal  valuation  model  which  relies  on  the  expected  LIBOR-based  yield  curve  and  estimates  of 
counterparty and the Company’s non-performance risk as the  most significant inputs.  Because  each of 
these  inputs  are  directly  observable  or  can  be  corroborated  by  observable  market  data,  we  have 
categorized these interest rate swaps as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy. 

The  Company’s  net  liabilities  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis  subject  to  disclosure 

requirements at December 31, 2011, were as follows: 

F-15 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
(In thousands) 
Description 

December 31, 
2011 

Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using 

Quoted Prices 
In Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant  
Other  
Observable  
Inputs  
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Current interest rate swap 
liabilities 
Long-term interest rate swap 
liabilities 
Totals 

(3,580) 

(12,401) 
$(15,981) 

- 

- 
$  - 

(3,580) 

(12,401) 
$(15,981) 

- 

- 
$  - 

The  Company’s  net  liabilities  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis  subject  to  disclosure 

requirements at December 31, 2010, were as follows: 

(In thousands) 
Description 

December 31, 
2010 

Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date 
Using 
Significant  
Other  
Observable  
Inputs  
(Level 2) 

Quoted Prices 
In Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Current interest rate swap assets 
Current interest rate swap liabilities 
Long-term interest rate swap liabilities 
Totals 

$        20 
(6,374) 
(21,751) 
$(28,105) 

$   - 
- 
- 
$  - 

$        20 
(6,374) 
(21,751) 
$(28,105) 

$   - 
- 
- 
$  - 

The  change  in  the  fair  value  of  the  derivatives  is  primarily  a  result  of  a  change  in  market 

expectations for future interest rates. 

We  have  not  elected  the  fair  value  option  for  any  of  our  financial  assets  or  liabilities.    The 
carrying value of other financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and 
accrued  liabilities  approximate  fair  value  due  to  their  short  maturities  or  variable-rate  nature  of  the 
respective balances.  Our long-term debt reprices monthly, therefore carrying amount of our borrowings 
under our secured credit facility approximates fair value.  The following table presents the other financial 
instruments that are not carried at fair value but which require fair value disclosure as of December 31, 
2011 and 2010.  

(In thousands) 
Investments, equity basis 
Investments, at cost 
Long-term debt 

As of December 31, 2011 
Carrying Value   Fair Value 
n/a 
n/a 
$880,000 

$48,282   
$47,809   

$ 880,000 

As of December 31, 2010 

  Carrying Value 

$49,572      
$47,573      

$ 880,000 

  Fair Value 
n/a 
n/a 
$880,000 

The Company’s investments at December 31, 2011 and 2010 accounted for under both the equity 
and cost methods consist of minority positions in various cellular telephone limited partnerships.  It is not 
practicable to estimate fair value of these investments. 

Our  long-term  debt  allows  us  to  select  a  one  month  LIBOR  repricing  option,  which  we  have 

elected.  As such, the carrying value of this debt approximates its fair value.    

F-16 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.   

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

In  accordance  with  the  applicable  accounting  guidance,  goodwill  and  indefinite  life  tradenames 
are  not  amortized  but  are  subject  to  impairment  testing  at  least  annually  or  more  frequently  if 
circumstances  indicate  potential  impairment.    Our  reporting  units  consist  of  Telephone  Operations  and 
Other Operations.   

We completed our 2011 annual impairment test relying on both a discounted cash flow valuation 
technique,  and  to  a  lesser  extent,  a  market  approach.    The  discount  rate,  sales  growth  and  profitability 
assumptions are material assumptions utilized in our discounted cash flow model.  The discount rate is an 
after-tax,  weighted-average  cost  of  capital  (“WACC”).    The  WACC  is  calculated  based  on  observable 
market data.  Some of this data (such as the risk free or treasury rate and the pretax cost of debt) are based 
on the market data at a point in time.  Other data (such as beta and the equity risk premium) are based 
upon market data over time.  Sales growth rates and profitability assumptions are aligned with our long-
term  strategic  planning  process  and  reflect  the  best  estimate  of  future  results  based  on  all  information 
available to us at the assessment date.   

We also evaluated the carrying value of our reporting units using a market-based approach.  In 
applying this methodology, we looked at recent transactions involving other comparable RLECs and the 
market  multiples  being  paid  relative  to  enterprise  value.    This  approach  confirmed  the  indicative  fair 
values under the discounted cash flow approach. 

The impairment testing in 2011 and 2010 indicated no impairment of goodwill.  

The following table presents the carrying amount of goodwill by segment: 

(In thousands) 

Balance at December 31, 2009 
Balance at December 31, 2010 
Balance at December 31, 2011 

Telephone 
Operations 

Other 
Operations 

Total 

$519,542 
$519,542 
$519,542 

$1,020 
$1,020 
$1,020 

$520,562 
$520,562 
$520,562 

Our most valuable tradename is the federally registered mark CONSOLIDATED, which is used 
in  association  with  our  telephone  communication  services  and  is  a  design  of  interlocking  circles.    The 
Company’s  corporate  branding  strategy  leverages  a  CONSOLIDATED  naming  structure.    All  of  the 
Company’s  business  units  and  several  of  our  products  and  services  incorporate  the  CONSOLIDATED 
name.  These tradenames are indefinite lived intangibles.  The carrying value of the tradenames was $12.3 
million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, 
we  completed  our  annual  impairment  test  using  a  discounted  cash  flow  methodology  based  on  a  relief 
from royalty method and determined that there was no impairment of our tradenames.  However, in 2010, 
as part of the sale of our Operator Services business unit, we agreed to allow the buyer to use the name 
Consolidated  Operator  Services.    As  a  result,  we  reduced  the  value  of  the  tradenames  by  $1.1  million 
which had previously been allocated to our Operator Services business unit.  In 2009, as part of the sale of 
our CMR business unit, we agreed to allow the buyer to use the name Consolidated Marketing Response.  
As a result, we reduced the value of the tradenames in 2009 by $0.8 million which was the amount that 
had previously been allocated to our CMR business unit.   

The  Company’s  customer  lists  consist  of  an  established  base  of  customers  that  subscribe  to  its 
services.  We eliminated approximately $7.3 million from both the gross customer list carrying amount 

F-17 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and the accumulated amortization on November 30, 2010 as a result of the sale of our Operator Services 
business unit.  The carrying amount of customer lists at December 31 is as follows: 

(In thousands) 

Telephone Operations 
2010 
2011 

Other Operations 

2011 

2010 

Gross carrying amount 
Less:  accumulated amortization 
Net carrying amount 

$193,124 
(135,754)
$57,370 

$193,124 
(114,055)
$79,069 

$4,405 
(3,964) 
$441   

$4,405 
(3,524) 
$881  

Amortization associated with customer  lists totaled approximately $22.1 million in 2011, $22.1 
million in 2010 and $22.2 million in 2009.  The weighted-average remaining period over which customer 
lists are being amortized is 2.6 years.  The estimated future amortization expense is as follows: 

(In thousands) 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 

Total 

$22,139 
8,323 
8,323 
8,323 
8,323 
2,380 
$57,811 

9. 

Deferred Debt Issuance Costs, Net and Other Assets 

Deferred financing costs, net and other assets at December 31 are as follows: 

(In thousands) 

2011 

2010 

Deferred debt issuance costs, net 
Other assets 
Total 

$4,833 
71 
$4,904 

$5,171 
104 
$5,275 

During  2011,  we  have  capitalized  an  additional  $1.1  million  in  deferred  debt  issuance  costs 
related  to  our  credit  agreement  amendment  (see  Note  11  for  a  more  in  depth  description  of  this 
transaction).  As of December 31, 2011, the remaining deferred debt issuance costs of $4.8 million related 
to our secured credit facility will be amortized over the period of the maturity dates of the corresponding 
tranches. 

10.     Accrued Expenses 

Accrued expenses at December 31 are as follows: 

(In thousands) 

2011 

2010 

Accrued salaries 
Accrued employee benefits 
Taxes payable 
Accrued interest 
Accrued site commissions 
Other accrued expenses 
Totals 

$5,851 
4,384 
4,599 
237 
3,559 
5,941 
$24,571 

$4,998 
4,440 
5,035 
104 
2,338 
5,734 
$22,649 

F-18 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.     Debt  

Long-term debt at December 31 consist of the following: 

(In thousands) 

Senior secured credit facility  - revolving loan 
Senior secured credit facility - term loan 

Less:  current portion 
Total long-term debt 

2011 

2010 

$            - 
880,000 
880,000 
(8,800) 
$871,200 

$            - 
880,000 
880,000 
- 
$880,000 

Future maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 2011, are as follows: 

(In thousands) 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
Thereafter 

$       8,800 
           8,800 
           465,619 
4,091 
4,091 
388,599 
$880,000 

Credit Agreement 

The  Company,  through  certain  of  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries,  has  an  outstanding  credit 
agreement  with  several  financial  institutions,  which  consists  of  a  $50  million  revolving  credit  facility 
(including a $10 million sub-limit for letters of credit) and an $880 million term loan facility.  Borrowings 
under the credit facility are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company with the exception of 
Illinois Consolidated Telephone Company.   

The terms of the credit agreement were amended on June 8, 2011.  Prior to the amendment, the 
credit  facility  was  made  up  of  only  one  tranche  of  $880  million  and  has  an  applicable  margin  (at  our 
election) equal to either 2.50% for a LIBOR-based term loan or 1.50% for an alternative base rate loan.  
The  June  8,  2011  amendment  of  the  term  loan  credit  facility  split  the  one  tranche  into  two  separate 
tranches, resulting in different maturity dates and interest rate margins for each term loan tranche of debt.  
The first term loan tranche consists of $470.9 million aggregate principal amount matures on December 
31, 2014 and has an applicable  margin (at our election) equal to either 2.50% for a LIBOR-based term 
loan or 1.50% for an alternative base rate loan.  The second term loan tranche of $409.1 million aggregate 
principal amount matures on December 31, 2017 and has an applicable margin (at our election) equal to 
either  3.75%  for  a  LIBOR-based  term  loan  or  2.75%  for  an  alternative  base  rate  term  loan.    The 
applicable  margins  for  each  of  the  term  loan  tranches  are  fixed  for  the  duration  of  the  loans.    The 
amended  term  loan  facility  also  requires  $2.2  million  in  quarterly  principal  payments  beginning  March 
31, 2012.   

Our revolving credit facility has a maturity date of June 8, 2016 and an applicable margin (at our 
election) of between 2.75% and 3.50% for LIBOR-based borrowings and between 1.75% and 2.50% for 
alternative base rate borrowings, depending on our leverage ratio.  Based on our leverage ratio of 4.55:1 
at December 31, 2011, the borrowing margin for the next three month period ending March 31, 2012 will 
be at a weighted-average margin of 3.25% for a LIBOR-based loan or 2.25% for an alternative base rate 
loan.  The applicable borrowing margin for the revolving credit facility is adjusted quarterly to reflect the 

F-19 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
leverage ratio from the prior quarter-end.  There were no borrowings or letters of credit outstanding under 
the revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2011 or December 31, 2010. 

In connection with amending our credit agreement in June 2011, fees totaling $2.6 million were 
recognized  as  expense  and  recorded  in  debt  refinancing  costs  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Operations while $1.1 million in fees were capitalized as deferred debt issuance costs in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheets. 

The weighted-average interest rate incurred on our credit facilities for the years ended December 
31,  2011  and  2010,  including  amounts  paid  on  our  interest  rate  swap  agreements  and  the  applicable 
margin, was 5.37% and 5.71% per annum, respectively.      

Our  credit  agreement  contains  various  provisions  and  covenants,  including,  among  other  items, 
restrictions on the ability to pay dividends, incur additional indebtedness, issue capital stock, and commit 
to  future  capital  expenditures.    We  have  agreed  to  maintain  certain  financial  ratios,  including  interest 
coverage, and total net leverage ratios, as defined in the amended credit agreement.  As of December 31, 
2011, we were in compliance with the credit agreement covenants. 

Covenant Compliance 

In  general,  our  credit  agreement  restricts  our  ability  to  pay  dividends  to  the  amount  of  our 
Available Cash accumulated after October 1, 2005, plus $23.7 million and minus the aggregate amount of 
dividends  paid  after  July  27,  2005.    Available  Cash  for  any  period  is  defined  in  our  credit  facility  as 
Adjusted EBITDA (a)  minus, to the extent not deducted in the determination  of Adjusted  EBITDA, (i) 
non-cash  dividend  income  for  such  period;  (ii)  consolidated  interest  expense  for  such  period,  net  of 
amortization of debt issuance costs incurred (A) in connection with or prior to the consummation of the 
acquisition  of  North  Pittsburgh  or  (B)  in  connection  with  the  Senior  Note  Redemption;  (iii)  capital 
expenditures  from  internally  generated  funds;  (iv)  cash  income  taxes  for  such  period;  (v)  scheduled 
principal  payments  of  Indebtedness,  if  any;  (vi)  voluntary  repayments  of  indebtedness  (other  than  in 
connection with the Merger, the Senior Note Redemption or any Permitted Refinancing) and net increases 
in outstanding Revolving Loans during such period; (vii) the cash costs of any extraordinary or unusual 
losses  or  charges  during  such  period;  (viii)  all  cash  payments  made  during  such  period  on  account  of 
losses  or  charges  expensed  prior  to  such  period  (to  the  extent  not  deducted  in  the  determination  of 
Consolidated EBITDA for such prior period) and (ix) all Transaction Fees added back for such period, (b) 
plus, to the extent not included in the determination of Consolidated EBITDA (i) cash interest income for 
such period; (ii) the cash amount realized in respect of extraordinary or unusual gains during such period; 
and (iii) net decreases in Revolving Loans during such period.  Based on the results of operations from 
October  1,  2005  through  December  31,  2011,  and  after  taking  into  consideration  dividend  payments 
(including  the  $11.6  million  dividend  declared  in  November  2011  and  paid  on  February  1,  2012),  we 
continue to have $171.9 million in dividend availability under the credit facility covenant. 

Under our credit agreement, if our total net leverage ratio (as such term is defined in the credit 
agreement), as of the end of any fiscal quarter, is greater than 5.10:1.00, we will be required to suspend 
dividends  on  our  common  stock  unless  otherwise  permitted  by  an  exception  for  dividends  that  may  be 
paid from the portion of proceeds of any sale of equity not used to make mandatory prepayments of loans 
and not used to fund acquisitions, capital expenditures or make other investments.  During any dividend 
suspension  period,  we  will  be  required  to  repay  debt  in  an  amount  equal  to  50.0%  of  any  increase  in 
available cash (as such term is defined in our credit agreement), among other things.  In addition, we will 
not be permitted to pay dividends if an event of default under the credit agreement has occurred and is 
continuing.  Among other things, it will be an event of default if our interest coverage ratio as of the end 

F-20 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of  any  fiscal  quarter  is  below  2.25:1.00.  As  of  December  31,  2011,  our  total  net  leverage  ratio  was 
4.55:1.00, and our interest coverage ratio was 3.82:1.00. 

12. 

Derivatives 

In order to manage the risk associated with changes in interest rates, we have entered into interest 
rate  swap  agreements  that  effectively  convert  a  portion  of  our  floating-rate  debt  to  a  fixed-rate  basis, 
thereby  reducing  the  impact  of  interest  rate  changes  on  future  cash  interest  payments.    We  account  for 
these transactions as cash flow hedges under the FASB’s ASC Topic 815 (“ASC 815”), Derivatives and 
Hedging.  The swaps are designated as cash flow hedges of our expected future interest payments.  In a 
cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the hedging derivative is recorded 
in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and is subsequently reclassified into earnings during 
the same period in which the hedged item affects earnings.  The change in fair value of any ineffective 
portion of the hedging derivative is recognized immediately in earnings.   

Our credit agreement requires that no less than 50% of our term loan debt be fixed through the 
use  of  interest  rate  swaps.    At  December  31,  2011  and  December  31,  2010,  the  interest  rate  on 
approximately 60% and 72%, respectively, of our outstanding debt was fixed through the use of interest 
rate swaps.   

The  following  interest  rate  swaps,  all  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges,  were  outstanding  at 

December 31, 2011: 

(In thousands) 

Fixed to 3-month floating 

LIBOR  

Fixed to 3-month floating 

LIBOR  

3-month floating LIBOR 

minus spread to 1-month 
floating LIBOR 
3-month floating LIBOR 

minus spread to 1-month 
floating LIBOR 
Fixed to 1-month floating 

LIBOR 

Forward starting fixed to 1-
month floating LIBOR 

Total Fair Values 

Notional 
Amount 

2011 Balance Sheet Location 

Fair Value 

$100,000 

Current portion of long-term 
liabilities 

$(3,401) 

130,000  

Other Long-term liabilities 

(6,053)  

100,000 

Current portion of Long-term 
liabilities 

(179) 

130,000 

Other long-term liabilities 

(269) 

300,000 

Other long-term liabilities 

(5,343) 

200,000 

Other long-term liabilities 

(736) 
$(15,981) 

The  following  interest  rate  swaps,  all  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges,  were  outstanding  at 

December 31, 2010: 

F-21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands) 

Fixed to 3-month floating 

LIBOR  

Fixed to 3-month floating 

LIBOR  

3-month floating LIBOR minus 
spread to 1-month floating 
LIBOR 

3-month floating LIBOR minus 
spread to 1-month floating 
LIBOR 

Fixed to 1-month floating 

LIBOR 

Forward starting fixed to 1-
month floating LIBOR 

Total Fair Values 

Notional 
Amount 

2010 Balance Sheet Location 

Fair Value 

$200,000 

Current portion of long-term 
liabilities 

$(6,374) 

230,000  

Other Long-term liabilities 

(16,581)  

200,000 

Prepaid and other current assets 

20 

230,000 

Other long-term liabilities 

(73) 

200,000 

Other long-term liabilities 

(4,474) 

100,000 

Other long-term liabilities 

(623) 
$(28,105) 

The  counterparties  to  our  various  swaps  are  six  major  U.S.  and  European  banks.    None  of  the 
swap  agreements  provide  for  either  us  or  the  counterparties  to  post  collateral  nor  do  the  agreements 
include any covenants related to the financial condition of Consolidated or the counterparties.  The swaps 
of any counterparty that is a “Lender” as defined in our credit facility are secured along with the other 
creditors under the credit facility.  Each of the swap agreements provides that in the event of a bankruptcy 
filing  by  either  Consolidated  or  the  counterparty,  any  amounts  owed  between  the  two  parties  would  be 
offset  in  order  to  determine  the  net  amount  due  between  parties.    This  provision  allows  us  to  partially 
mitigate the risk of non-performance by a counterparty.  

In  a  cash  flow  hedge,  the  effective  portion  of  the  change  in  the  fair  value  of  the  hedging 
derivative is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and is subsequently reclassified 
into earnings during the same period in which the hedged item affects earnings.  At December 31, 2011 
and  2010,  the  pretax  deferred  losses  related  to  our  interest  rate  swap  agreements  included  in  other 
comprehensive income totaled $15.9 million and $28.0 million, respectively.  The change in fair value of 
any ineffective portion of the hedging derivative is recognized immediately in earnings.   

Information regarding our cash flow hedge transactions are as follows: 

(In thousands) 

2011 

2010 

2009 

Gain recognized in accumulated other comprehensive 
loss AOCI (pretax) 
Gain arising from ineffectiveness reducing interest 
expense 
Deferred losses reclassed from AOCI to interest expense 

$(12,032) 

$(3,927) 

$(15,624) 

$(93)   

$1,250 

$(146)   
$4,742 

$(107)   

$11,050 

F-22 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands, except months) 

Aggregate notional value of current derivatives outstanding   
Aggregate notional value of forward derivatives outstanding   
Period through which derivative positions currently exist  
Fair value of derivatives  
Deferred losses included in AOCI (pretax) 
Losses included in AOCI to be recognized in the next 12 months 
Number of months over which loss in OCI is to be recognized 

13. 

Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income  

The following table summarizes interest expense: 

December 31, 

2011 

2010 

$530,000 
$200,000 

$630,000 
$100,000 
June 2015  September 2013 
$28,105 
$27,963 
$1,250 
27 

$15,981 
$15,932 
$65 
15 

(in thousands) 

Year Ended December 31, 

2011 

2010 

2009 

Interest expense – credit facility 
Payments on swap liabilities, net 
Other interest 
Amortization of deferred financing fees 
Uncertain tax position interest accrual 
Interest expense – capital leases 
Reversal of uncertain tax position interest accrual
Capitalized interest 
Total interest expense 
Less:  interest income 
Interest expense, net of interest income 

$27,349 
19,649 
629 
1,411 
46 
647 
(51) 
(144) 
49,536 
(142) 
$49,394 

$24,782 
25,070 
848 
1,293 
357 
45 
(1,363) 
(173) 
50,859 
(119) 
$50,740 

$25,443 
29,918 
1,023 
1,273 
452 
- 
- 
(118) 
57,991 
(56) 
$57,935 

For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2011  and  2010,  we  reversed  $0.1  million  and  $1.4  million, 
respectively, of accrued interest previously recorded as a result of a change in our uncertain tax liabilities 
for which the statute of limitations had expired. 

14.    Retirement and Pension Plans 

We offer defined contribution 401(k) plans to substantially all of our employees.  Contributions 
made  under  the  defined  contribution  plans  include  a  match,  at  the  Company’s  discretion,  of  employee 
contributions to the plans.  We recorded expense with respect to these plans of $2.5 million in 2011, $2.4 
million in 2010 and $2.6 million in 2009.  

Qualified Retirement Plan 

We sponsor a defined benefit pension plan (“Retirement Plan”) that is non-contributory covering 
substantially  all  of  our  hourly  employees  who  fulfill  minimum  age  and  service  requirements.    Certain 
salaried employees are also covered by the Retirement Plan although these benefits have previously been 
frozen.    We  contribute  amounts  necessary  to  meet  the  minimum  funding  requirements  as  set  forth  in 
employee benefit and tax laws. 

On October 21, 2010, members of the Communications Workers of America Local 6218 (Conroe 
and Lufkin, Texas bargaining unit employees) approved changes to their pension benefit plan.  Benefits 
earned under the current final-average-pay pension formula were frozen effective December 31, 2010 and 

F-23 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
future benefits accruals will be replaced by a Cash Balance Plan benefit.  This plan change reduced the 
projected benefit obligation by $1.5 million at December 31, 2010. 

Under the Cash Balance Plan benefit, cash balance participant accounts will be credited with pay 
credits at the end of each month equal to four percent of their base wages earned in that month, so long as 
the  participant  is  employed  in  the  Conroe/Lufkin  bargaining  unit  and  meets  the  current  eligibility 
requirements on the last day of the month.  Each participant's cash balance account will also be credited 
with interest credits at the end of each month until the balance has been paid out.  The interest credits will 
be based on the beginning-of-month cash balance on the first day of the month and the current 30-year 
U.S. Treasury bond yield applicable to the current plan year. 

Upon termination or retirement, the participant will receive both a cash balance pension benefit 
earned after January 1, 2011 as well as his/her frozen benefit under the final-average-pay pension benefit 
formula earned through December 31, 2010. 

The asset allocations for our Retirement Plan at December 31 are as follows: 

Equity securities 
Debt securities 
Cash and  equivalents 
Total 

2011 

2010 

63.1% 
34.8 
2.1 
100.0% 

64.3% 
34.0 
1.7 
100.0% 

We have established a Pension Committee that is responsible for overseeing the investments of 
the  pension  plan  assets.    The  Pension  Committee  is  responsible  for  determining  and  monitoring  the 
appropriate asset allocations and for selecting or replacing investment managers, trustees and custodians.  
The  investment  portfolio  contains  a  diversified  blend  of  common  stocks,  bonds,  cash  equivalents,  and 
other  investments,  which  may  reflect  varying  rates  of  return.    The  investments  are  further  diversified 
within each asset classification.  The portfolio diversification provides protection against a single security 
or class of securities having a disproportionate impact on aggregate performance.  The Retirement Plan’s 
current investment target allocations are 55% - 65% equities, with the remainder in fixed income funds 
and cash equivalents.  The Pension Committee reviews the actual asset allocation in light of these targets 
periodically and rebalances investments as necessary.  They also evaluate the performance of investment 
managers as compared to the performance of specified benchmarks and peers, and monitor the investment 
managers  to  ensure  adherence  to  their  stated  investment  style  and  to  the  Retirement  Plan’s  investment 
guidelines. 

The  following  is  a  description  of  the  valuation  methodologies  for  assets  measured  at  fair  value 
utilizing the fair value hierarchy discussed in Note 7.  There have been no changes in the methodologies 
used at December 31, 2011 and 2010. 

Common  and  International  Stocks  (Level  1):    Includes  domestic  and  international  common  and 
preferred stocks and are valued at the closing price as of the measurement date as reported on the active 
market on which the individual securities are traded multiplied by the number of shares owned. 

Stock Mutual Funds (Level 1):  Valued at the closing net asset value as of the measurement date 
as reported on the active market on which the funds are traded multiplied by the number of shares owned 
or the percentage of ownership in the fund.    

Fixed Income Funds (Level 1):  Includes Government agency and U.S. corporate bonds and are 

F-24 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
valued at the closing net asset value as of the measurement date as reported on the active market on which 
the funds are traded multiplied by the number of shares owned or the percentage of ownership in the fund.    

Common  Collective  Trust  (Level  2):    Valued  as  determined  by  the  fund  manager  based  on  the 
underlying  net  asset  values  multiplied  by  the  ownership  percentage  and  supported  by  the  value  of  the 
underlying securities as of the financial statement date. 

The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2011 are as follows: 

Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using 
Quoted Prices 
In Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant  
Other  
Observable  
Inputs  
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

December 31, 
2011 

$   2,991  

$    191  

$  2,800 

$         - 

22,090 
9,245 
42,999 

15,695 

22,090 
9,245 
42,999 

- 
- 
- 

- 

15,695 

- 
- 
- 

- 

49,716 
$142,736 

49,716 
$124,241 

- 
$18,495 

- 
$       - 

(in thousands) 

Cash equivalents: 
Short-term 
investments (A) 

Equities: 
U.S. common stocks 
International stocks 
Mutual funds 
Common  Collective 
Trust 

Fixed Income: 
Mutual funds 
Total 

(A)  Short-term investments includes cash and cash equivalents and an investment in a common collective 

trust which is principally comprised of certificates of deposit, commercial paper and U.S. Treasury bills with 
maturities less than a year. 

The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2010 are as follows: 

F-25 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using 
Quoted Prices 
In Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant  
Other  
Observable  
Inputs  
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

December 31, 
2010 

$   2,534  

$    171  

$  2,363 

$         - 

14,576 
9,743 
45,444 
24,705 

14,576 
9,743 
45,444 
- 

- 
- 
- 
24,705 

- 
- 
- 
- 

49,963 
$146,965 

49,963 
$119,897 

- 
$27,068 

- 
$       - 

(in thousands) 

Cash equivalents: 
Short Term Investments (A) 

Equities: 
U.S. common stocks 
International stocks 
Mutual funds 
Common Collective Trust 

Fixed Income: 
Mutual funds 
Total 

(A)  Short-term investments includes cash and cash equivalents and an investment in a common collective 

trust which is principally comprised of certificates of deposit, commercial paper and U.S. Treasury bills with 
maturities less than a year. 

On  December  31,  2011,  the  annual  measurement  date,  our  Retirement  Plan  had  a  projected 
benefit  obligation  of  $202.3  million,  while  the  fair  value  of  the  Retirement  Plan’s  assets  were  $142.7 
million.  In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, we recognized the unfunded status of the 
plan by recording an accrued pension liability of $59.6 million.  

Items not yet recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost and amounts recognized in 

the Consolidated Balance Sheets are as follows at December 31: 

(In thousands) 

Unfunded status 

Amounts recognized in: 
    Long-term liabilities 
    Deferred taxes 
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss: 
        Unamortized prior service credit, net of deferred tax 
        Unamortized net actuarial loss, net of deferred tax 

2011 

2010 

$(59,558) 

$(46,131) 

(59,558) 
(18,185) 

(1,050) 
31,234 

(46,131) 
(10,268) 

(1,155) 
18,249 

The amount of unamortized prior service credit that will be recognized as a reduction to net 

periodic pension cost in 2012 is expected to be approximately $0.2 million.  The amount of unamortized 
net actuarial losses that will be recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost in 2012 is 
expected to be approximately $2.4 million. 

A summary of the components of net periodic pension cost for the Retirement Plan for the years 

ended December 31 is as follows: 

F-26 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands) 

2011 

2010 

2009 

Service cost 
Interest cost 
Expected return on plan assets 
Net amortization loss 
Prior service credit amortization 
Net periodic pension cost 

$   1,277   
10,902 
(10,893) 
751 
(166) 
$   1,871   

$   1,900   
11,197 
(10,178) 
845 
(43) 
$   3,721   

$  2,109 
11,099 
(9,422) 
2,673 
(43) 
$  6,416 

Assumptions utilized for the years ended December 31 are as follows: 

2011 

2010 

2009 

Discount rate – net periodic benefit cost 
Discount rate – benefit obligation 
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets 
Rate of compensation/salary increase 

5.86% 
5.35% 
7.50% 
3.06% 

6.23% 
5.86% 
7.50% 
3.06% 

6.12% 
6.23% 
7.70% 
3.16% 

The change in the discount rate from 5.86% in 2010 to 5.35% in 2011 resulted in a change in the 

pension liability of $11.1 million.   

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the projected benefit obligation for the years 

ended December 31: 

(In thousands) 

Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year 
Service costs 
Interest costs 
Actuarial loss 
Benefits paid 
Plan amendments 
Benefit obligation at the end of the year 

2011 

2010 

$193,095 
1,277 
10,902 
9,475 
(12,455) 
- 
$202,294 

$184,904 
1,900 
11,197 
8,904 
(12,331) 
(1,479) 
$193,095 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the projected benefit obligation exceeded the accumulated 

benefit obligation by $4.3 million and $4.5 million, respectively. 

The actuarial loss for the year ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 results 
primarily from a change in the benefit obligation discount rate and a change in the demographic 
experience (including assumption changes).         

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the plan assets for the years ended December 31: 

(In thousands) 

Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year 
Employer contributions 
Actual return on plan assets 
Benefits paid 
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year 

2011 

2010 

$146,965 
9,450 
(1,224) 
(12,455) 
$142,736 

$141,981 
- 
17,315 
(12,331) 
$146,965 

We expect to contribute approximately $12.6 million to our qualified pension plan in 2012. 

The expected future benefits payments for the plan are as follows: 

F-27 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands) 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 – 2021 

$12,924 
13,017 
13,084 
13,237 
13,338 
68,069 

Non-qualified Pension Plan 

The  Company  also  provides  a  non-qualified  supplemental  pension  plan  (“Restoration  Plan”), 
which it acquired as part of its North Pittsburgh and TXUCV acquisitions.  The Restoration Plan covers 
certain  former  employees  of  our  Pennsylvania  and  Texas  operations.    The  Restoration  Plan  restores 
benefits  that  were  precluded  under  the  Retirement  Plan  by  Internal  Revenue  Service  limits  on 
compensation  and  benefits  applicable  to  qualified  pension  plans,  and  by  the  exclusion  of  bonus 
compensation  from  the  Retirement  Plan’s  definition  of  earnings.    One  participant  is  a  former  North 
Pittsburgh employee while the remaining participants are all former employees of our Texas properties. 

On  December  31,  2011,  the  annual  measurement  date,  our  Restoration  Plan  had  a  projected 
benefit obligation of $1.1 million.  The Restoration Plan is unfunded and has no assets, and the benefits 
paid under the Restoration Plan come from the general operating funds of the Company.   

In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, we recognized the underfunded status of 

the plan by recording an accrued pension liability of $1.1 million.   

Items not yet recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost and amounts recognized in 

the Consolidated Balance Sheets are as follows at December 31: 

(In thousands) 

Unfunded status 

Amounts recognized in: 
Current liabilities 
    Long-term liabilities 
    Deferred taxes 
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss: 
        Unamortized net actuarial loss, net of deferred tax 

2011 

2010 

$(1,119) 

$(1,006) 

(52) 
(1,066) 
(184) 

320 

(52) 
(954) 
(157) 

273 

The amount of unamortized net actuarial losses that will be recognized as a component of net 

periodic pension cost in 2012 is expected to be $44 thousand. 

A summary of the components of net periodic pension cost for the Restoration Plan for the years 

ended December 31 is as follows: 

(In thousands) 

Service cost 
Interest cost 
Net amortization loss  
Net periodic pension cost 

2011 

2010 

2009 

$   - 
58 
35 
$93 

$   - 
58 
30 
$88 

$   - 
57 
33 
$90 

F-28 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate assumptions utilized for the years ended December 31 are as follows: 

2011 

2010 

2009 

Net periodic benefit cost 
Benefit obligation 

5.86% 
5.35% 

6.23% 
5.86% 

6.08% 
6.23% 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the projected benefit obligation for the years 

ended December 31: 

(In thousands) 

Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year 
Service costs 
Interest costs 
Actuarial (gain) loss 
Benefits paid 
Benefit obligation at the end of the year 

2011 

2010 

$1,006 
- 
58 
108 
(53) 
$1,119 

$954 
- 
58 
47 
(53) 
$1,006 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the projected benefit obligation equaled the accumulated benefit 

obligation. 

The actuarial loss for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 results primarily from 

changes in demographic experience, including assumption changes.   

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the plan assets for the years ended December 31: 

(In thousands) 

Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year 
Employer contributions 
Benefits paid 
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year 

2011 

2010 

$    - 
53 
(53) 
$    - 

$    - 
53 
(53) 
$    - 

In 2012, we anticipate making contributions to our non-qualified pension plans totaling 

approximately $0.1 million.   

The expected future benefits payments for the plan are as follows: 

(in thousands) 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 – 2021 

$ 52 
53 
53 
53 
53 
286 

Other Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Agreements 

We also are liable for deferred compensation agreements with former members of the Board of 
Directors and certain other former employees of a subsidiary of TXUCV,  which was acquired in 2004.  
The benefits are payable for up to the life of the participant and may begin as early as age 65 or upon the 
death of the participant.  Participants accrue no new benefits as these plans had previously been frozen by 
TXUCV’s  predecessor  company  prior  to  our  acquisition  of  TXUCV.    Payments  related  to  the  deferred 

F-29 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
compensation agreements totaled approximately $0.6 million in 2011 and in 2010, respectively.  The net 
present  value  of  the  remaining  obligations  was  approximately  $2.5  million  and  $2.9  million  as  of 
December  31,  2011  and  2010,  respectively,  and  is  included  in  pension  and  postretirement  benefit 
obligations in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. 

We  also  maintain  40  life  insurance  policies  on  certain  of  the  participating  former  directors  and 
employees.  We recognized $0.6 million in other income due to the receipt of life insurance proceeds in 
2011.  We did not receive or recognize any proceeds in 2010.  The excess of the cash surrender value of 
the  remaining  life  insurance  policies  over  the  notes  payable  balances  related  to  these  policies  is 
determined  by  an  independent  consultant,  and  totaled  $2.0  million  at  December  31,  2011  and  2010, 
respectively.    These  amounts  are  included  in  investments  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance 
sheets.    Cash  principal  payments  for  the  policies  and  any  proceeds  from  the  policies  are  classified  as 
operating  activities  in  the  statements  of  cash  flows.    The  aggregate  death  benefit  payable  under  these 
policies totaled $7.8 million and $8.3 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 

15. 

Postretirement Benefit Obligation 

We  sponsor  a  healthcare  plan  and  life  insurance  plan  (“Postretirement  Plan”)  that  provides 
postretirement medical benefits and life insurance to certain groups of retired employees.  Retirees share 
in the cost of healthcare benefits, making contributions that are adjusted periodically—either based upon 
collective bargaining agreements or because total costs of the program have changed.  We generally pay 
the  covered  expenses  for  retiree  health  benefits  as  they  are  incurred.    Postretirement  life  insurance 
benefits are fully insured. 

On  December  31,  2011,  the  annual  measurement  date,  our  Postretirement  Plan  had  a  projected 
benefit  obligation  of  $33.2  million,  which  is  less  than  the  projected  benefit  obligation  at December  31, 
2010  of  $33.5  million.    The  Postretirement  Plan  is  unfunded  and  has  no  assets,  and  benefits  under  the 
Postretirement Plan are paid from the general operating funds of the Company.   

Items not yet recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost and amounts recognized in 

the consolidated balance sheets are as follows at December 31: 

(In thousands) 

Unfunded status 

Amounts recognized in: 
Current liabilities 
    Long-term liabilities 
    Deferred taxes 
    Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss: 

Unamortized prior service credit, net of deferred tax 
Unamortized net actuarial gain, net of deferred tax 

2011 

2010 

$(33,184) 

$(33,476) 

(2,527) 
(30,657) 
1,919 

977 
1,875 

(2,795) 
(30,681) 
2,408 

1,101 
2,574 

The  amount  of  unamortized  prior  service  credit  that  will  be  recognized  as  a  reduction  to  net 
periodic postretirement cost in 2012 is expected to be approximately $0.2 million.  In 2012, there is not an 
expected unamortized net actuarial gain to reduce the net periodic postretirement cost. 

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the years ended December 31 includes the following 

components: 

F-30 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands) 

2011 

2010 

2009 

Service cost 
Interest cost 
Net prior service cost amortization 
Net gain amortization 
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost 

$   749    
1,690 
(189) 
(212) 
$2,038 

$   668    
1,835 
(447) 
(234) 
$1,822 

$   813 
2,146 
(963) 
(22) 
$1,974 

The  change  in  benefit  obligation  for  the  years  ended  December  31  includes  the  following 

components: 

(In thousands) 

Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Plan participant contributions 
Actuarial loss (gain) 
Benefits paid 
Benefit obligation at the end of the year 

2011 

2010 

$33,476 
749 
1,690 
480 
911 
(4,122) 
$33,184 

$36,214 
668 
1,835 
586 
(2,705) 
(3,122) 
$33,476 

Discount rate assumptions utilized for the years ended December 31 are as follows: 

2011 

2010 

2009 

Net periodic benefit cost 
Benefit obligation 

5.58% 
5.22% 

6.10% 
5.58% 

6.15% 
6.10% 

The expected future benefits payments for the plan are as follows: 

(in thousands) 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 – 2021 

$ 2,595  
2,524 
2,583 
2,613 
2,647 
12,445 

For  purposes  of  determining  the  cost  and  obligation  for  pre-Medicare  postretirement  medical 
benefits, a 9% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered benefits (i.e., healthcare trend rate) 
was assumed for the plan in 2012, declining to a rate of 5.00% in 2018.  Assumed healthcare cost trend 
rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for healthcare plans.  A one percent change in the 
assumed healthcare cost trend rate would have had the following effects:  

(In thousands) 

1% Increase 

1% Decrease 

Effect on total of service and interest cost components 
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation 

$   252 
$2,794 

$   (215) 
$(2,432) 

F-31 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16. 

Other Long-term Liabilities 

Other long-term liabilities are as follows: 

(In thousands) 

Long-term derivative liabilities 
Uncertain tax positions 
Accrued interest on uncertain tax positions 
Other long-term liabilities 
Total 

December 31,  

2011 

2010 

$12,401 
1,224 
50 
492 
$14,167 

$21,751 
1,475 
56 
555 
$23,837 

17. 

Stock-based Compensation Plans 

As of December 31, 2011, we maintained one stock-based compensation plan, the Amended and 
Restated Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. 2005 Long-term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).  The 
Plan was initially approved by stockholders effective July 21, 2005, and was subsequently amended on 
May 5, 2009 and May 4, 2010.  The Plan provides for the grant of awards in the form of stock options, 
stock  appreciation  rights,  stock  grants,  stock  unit  grants  and  other  equity-based  awards  to  eligible 
directors and employees at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.  The 
term of the awards granted under the Plan is determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of 
Directors and cannot exceed 10 years from the date of grant.  Restricted stock grants generally vest at the 
rate of 25% per year in December of each year.  The maximum number of shares of common stock that 
may be issued under the Plan is limited to 1,650,000 provided that no more than 300,000 shares may be 
granted in the form of stock options or stock appreciation rights to any eligible employee or director in 
any calendar year.  Unless terminated sooner, the Plan will continue in effect until May 5, 2019.  

The Company has implemented an ongoing performance-based incentive program under the Plan.  
The  performance-based  incentive  program  provides  for  regular  annual  grants  of  performance  shares.  
Performance  shares  are  restricted  stock  that  are  issued,  to  the  extent  earned,  at  the  end  of  each 
performance  cycle.    Under  the  performance-based  incentive  program,  each  participant  is  given  a  target 
award expressed as a number of shares, with a payout opportunity ranging from 0% to 120% of the target, 
depending on performance relative to predetermined goals.  In accordance with the applicable accounting 
guidance,  an  accounting  estimate  of  the  number  of  these  shares  that  are  expected  to  vest  is  made,  and 
these shares are then expensed utilizing the grant-date fair value of the shares from the grant date through 
the end of the vesting period.     

Pretax stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 

was as follows: 

(in millions) 

Restricted stock 
Performance shares 
Total 

Year Ended December 31, 
2010 

2009 

2011 

$1.3 
0.8 
$2.1 

$1.4 
1.0 
$2.4 

$1.1 
0.8 
$1.9 

Stock-based compensation expense is included in “selling, general and administrative expenses” 

in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.   

F-32 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As  of  December  31,  2011,  we  had  not  yet  recognized  the  following  expected  compensation 

expense for non-vested awards. 

(in millions) 

Restricted stock 
Performance shares 
Total 

Non-recognized 
Compensation 

Average Remaining 
Recognition Period 
(years) 

$2.3 
0.9 
$3.2 

1.0 
0.8 
0.9 

The following table presents restricted stock activity by year: 

2011

2010 

2009 

# of 
Shares 
Non-vested restricted shares outstanding – January 1 
101,435 
Shares granted 
127,377 
Shares vested 
(58,008) 
Shares forfeited, cancelled or retired 
(41,601) 
Non-vested restricted shares outstanding – December 31 129,203 

Price(1)
$17.40 
17.92 
17.25 
17.99 
$17.79 

# of 
Shares 
82,375 
115,949 
(65,855) 
(31,034) 
101,435 

Price(1) 
$12.08 
18.65 
14.67 
13.77 
$17.40 

# of 
Shares 
74,391 
96,447 
(64,499) 
(23,964) 
82,375 

Price(1) 
$16.62 
9.05 
12.65 
12.44 
$12.08 

(1)  Represents the weighted–average fair value on date of grant. 

The following table presents performance-based share activity by year: 

2011

# of 
Shares 

Non-vested performance shares outstanding – January 1 
Shares granted 
Shares vested 
Shares forfeited, cancelled or retired 
Non-vested performance shares outstanding – December 31

68,880 
50,440 
(38,610) 
(29,831) 
50,879 

(1)  Represents the weighted–average fair value on date of grant. 

18. 

Income Taxes  

2010 

2009 

# of 
Shares 

46,578 
98,002 
(47,252) 
(28,448) 
68,880 

Price(1) 

$11.72 
18.65 
16.93 
17.21 
$15.74 

# of 
Shares 

31,137 
61,544 
(32,321) 
(13,782) 
46,578 

Price(1) 

$15.68 
9.05 
10.89 
10.67 
$11.72 

Price(1)

$15.74 
17.92 
16.19 
16.63 
$17.04 

The components of the income tax provision for the years ended December 31 are as follows:  

F-33 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (In thousands) 
 Current:  
   Federal  
   State  

 Deferred:  
   Federal  
   State  
 Total Income tax expense  

 2011  

$5,657 
642 

8,209 
337 
$14,845 

For the Year Ended 
 2010  

 2009  

$9,904 
2,251 

(1,796) 
(1,368) 
$8,991 

$9,778  
2,564  

2,266  
(2,209) 
 $12,399  

The  following  is  a  reconciliation  between  the  statutory  federal  income  tax  rate  and  the 

Company’s overall effective tax rate for the years ended December 31:  

 (In percentages) 

 Statutory federal income tax rate   
 State income taxes, net of federal benefit  
 Other permanent differences  
 Change in tax reserves  
 Change in deferred tax rate  
 Other  

 Year ended December 31,   
2010 

2009 

2011 

35.0 

0.8     
(0.8)   
(0.6)   
0.9 
0.2 
35.5 

35.0  
(0.1)  
(0.3) 
(10.9) 
(1.4) 
(1.0) 
21.3  

35.0  
2.9  
0.1  
-   
(2.7) 
(2.9) 
32.4  

Cash paid for federal and state income taxes was $8.8 million during 2011, $18.7 million during 

2010, and $11.0 million during 2009.  

Deferred Taxes  

Net deferred taxes consist of the following components at December 31:  

(In thousands) 
 Current deferred tax assets:  
   Reserve for uncollectible accounts  
   Accrued vacation pay deducted when paid  
   Accrued expenses and deferred revenue  

 Non-current deferred tax assets:  
   Net operating loss carryforwards  
   Pension and postretirement obligations  
   Stock-based compensation  
   Derivative instruments  
   State tax credit carryforwards 
   Other  

Year ended December 31,   
 2010  

 2011  

$964  
1,153  
2,708  
4,825  

2,216  
34,303  
427  
5,872  
2,216  
427 
45,461  

$1,062  
1,077  
3,533  
5,672  

1,453  
29,559  
465  
10,183  
2,272  
450 
44,382  

F-34 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 Non-current deferred tax liabilities:  
   Goodwill and other intangibles  
   Partnership investments  
   Property, plant and equipment  

 Net non-current deferred taxes 
 Net deferred income tax liabilities  

(31,106) 
(26,985) 
(64,697) 
(122,788) 
(77,327) 
$(72,502) 

(34,963) 
(22,251) 
(60,796) 
(118,010) 
(73,628) 
$(67,956) 

Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between assets and liabilities 
recognized  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and  assets  and  liabilities  recognized  for  tax  purposes.    The 
ultimate realization of deferred tax assets depends upon taxable income during the future periods in which 
those  temporary  differences  become  deductible.    To  determine  whether  deferred  tax  assets  can  be 
realized, management assesses whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred 
tax assets will not be realized, taking into consideration the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, 
projected future taxable income and tax-planning strategies.  

Based upon historical taxable income,  tax planning strategies  and projections for future taxable 
income over the periods that the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely 
than  not  that  the  Company  will  realize  the  benefits  of  these  temporary  differences.    However, 
management  may  reduce  the  amount  of  deferred  tax  assets  it  considers  realizable  in  the  near  term  if 
estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.  The amount of projected 
future  taxable  income  is  expected  to  allow  for  the  full  utilization  of  the  net  operating  loss  (“NOL”) 
carryforwards as described below.  

ETFL,  a  nonconsolidated  subsidiary  for  federal  income  tax  return  purposes,  estimates  it  has 
available  NOL  carryforwards  at  December 31,  2011,  of  $2.7 million  and  related  deferred  tax  assets  of 
$0.9 million. ETFL’s federal NOL carryforwards expire from 2019 to 2024.  

We  estimate  that  we  have  available  state  NOL  carryforwards  at  December 31,  2011,  of 
$20.2 million and related deferred tax assets of $1.3 million.  The state NOL carryforwards expire from 
2020 to 2031.  

We  estimate  that  we  have  available  state  tax  credit  carryforwards  at  December 31,  2011,  of 
$3.4 million  and  related  deferred  tax  assets  of  $2.2 million.    During  2011,  $0.1 million  of  the  state  tax 
credit  carryforward  was  utilized.    The  state  tax  credit  carryforward  is  limited  annually  and  expires  in 
2027. 

On January 13, 2011, Illinois Governor Pat Quinn signed PA. 96-1496 into law.  Included in the 
law was an increase in the corporate income tax rate.  This resulted in an increase to our net state deferred 
tax liabilities and a corresponding increase to our state tax provision of $0.3 million which we recognized 
in the first quarter of 2011. 

Unrecognized Tax Benefits  

We adopted the accounting guidance applicable to uncertainty in income taxes effective January 
1,  2007  with  no  impact  on  its  results  of  operations  or  financial  condition,  and  have  analyzed  filing 
positions in all of the federal and state jurisdictions where it is required to file income tax returns as well 
as  all  open  tax  years  in  these  jurisdictions.    This  accounting  guidance  clarifies  the  accounting  for 
uncertainty  in  income  taxes  recognized  in  a  company’s  financial  statements;  prescribes  a  recognition 
threshold  and  measurement  attribute  for  the  financial  statement  recognition  and  measurement  of  a  tax 

F-35 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return; and provides guidance on description, classification, 
interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition.  

As  of  December 31,  2011  and  2010,  the  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  was  $1.2  million 
and $1.5 million, respectively.  The net amount of unrecognized benefits that, if recognized, would result 
in an impact to the effective tax rate is $0.8 million and $1.0 million, respectively. 

For  the  year  ended  December 31,  2011,  we  recognized  a  net  decrease  of  $0.3  million  to  our 
unrecognized  tax  benefits,  which  reduced  our  tax  expense  by  a  corresponding  amount,  due  to  the 
expiration of a federal statute of limitations.   

Our  practice  is  to  recognize  interest  and  penalties  related  to  income  tax  matters  in  interest 
expense  and  general  and  administrative  expense,  respectively.      We  had  no  material  interest  or  penalty 
expense in 2011.  For the year ending December 31, 2010, we recorded a net decrease to interest expense 
of $1.0 million and had no material remaining liability for interest or penalties.  

The only periods subject to examination for our federal return are years 2008 through 2010.  The 
periods subject to examination for our state returns are years 2005 through 2010.  We are not currently 
under  examination  by  federal  taxing  authorities.    We  are  currently  under  examination  by  state  taxing 
authorities.  We do not expect any settlement or payment that may result from the audit to have a material 
effect on our results of operations or cash flows. 

We  do  not  expect  that  the  total  unrecognized  tax  benefits  and  related  accrued  interest  will 
significantly change due to the settlement of audits or the expiration of statute of limitations in the next 
twelve months.  There were changes to these amounts during 2011 that were not material and that did not 
have a significant effect on the Company’s effective tax rate. 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: 

(In thousands) 

 Balance at January 1 
 Additions for tax positions in the current year  
 Additions for tax positions of prior years  
 Settlements with taxing authorities  
 Reduction for lapse of federal statute of limitations  
 Reductions for lapse of state statute of limitations  
 Balance at December 31  

Liability for  
Unrecognized 
Tax Benefits 

2011 

2010 

$1,496  
-  
-    
-    
(272) 
-    

$1,224 

$5,659  
-  
1,224   
-   
(5,387) 

-   

$1,496  

19. 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31 is comprised of the following 

components: 

F-36 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands) 

Fair value of cash flow hedges 
Prior service credits and net losses on postretirement plans 

Deferred taxes 
Totals 

2011 

2010 

$(15,932) 
(44,102) 
(60,034) 
22,201 
$(37,833) 

$(27,963) 
(21,709) 
(49,672) 
18,201 
$(31,471) 

The components of comprehensive income (loss) are as follows: 

(In thousands) 

Net income attributable to common stockholders 
Other comprehensive income (loss): 

Change in prior service cost and net loss, net of tax 
Change in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax 

Comprehensive income attributable to common stockholders 
Add:  net income attributable to noncontrolling interest 
Total comprehensive income 

20. 

Environmental Remediation Liabilities 

2011 

2010 

2009 

$26,410 

$32,595 

$24,905 

(13,959) 
7,597 
20,048 
572 
$20,620   

1,572 
2,497 
36,664 
557 
$37,221  

14,022 
9,917 
48,844 
1,030 
$49,874 

Environmental remediation liabilities were $0.3 million at both December 31, 2011 and 2010 and 
are included  in other liabilities.  These liabilities relate to anticipated remediation and monitoring costs 
with respect to two small vacant sites and are undiscounted.  The Company believes the amount accrued 
is adequate to cover the remaining anticipated costs of remediation. 

21. 

Commitments and Contingencies 

Legal proceedings 

On  April  15,  2008,  Salsgiver  Inc.,  a  Pennsylvania-based  telecommunications  company,  and 
certain  of  its  affiliates  filed  a  lawsuit  against  us  and  our  subsidiaries  North  Pittsburgh  Telephone 
Company  and  North  Pittsburgh  Systems  Inc.  in  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas  of  Allegheny  County, 
Pennsylvania  alleging  that  we  have  prevented  Salsgiver  from  connecting  their  fiber  optic  cables  to  our 
utility poles.  Salsgiver seeks compensatory and punitive damages as the result of alleged lost projected 
profits, damage to its business reputation, and other costs.  Salsgiver originally claimed to have sustained 
losses  of  approximately  $125  million  and  did  not  request  a  specific  dollar  amount  in  damages.    We 
believe that these claims are without merit and that the alleged damages are completely unfounded.  We 
intend  to  defend  against  these  claims  vigorously.    In  the  third  quarter  of  2008,  we  filed  preliminary 
objections  and  responses  to  Salsgiver’s  complaint.    However,  the  court  ruled  against  our  preliminary 
objections.  On November 3, 2008, we responded to Salsgiver’s amended complaint and filed a counter-
claim for trespass, alleging that Salsgiver attached cables to our poles without an authorized agreement 
and in an unsafe manner.  We are currently in the discovery and deposition stage.  In addition, we have 
asked  the  FCC  Enforcement  Bureau  to  address  Salsgiver’s  unauthorized  pole  attachments  and  safety 
violations  on  those  attachments.    We  believe  that  these  are  violations  of  an  FCC  order  regarding 
Salsgiver’s complaint against us.  We do not believe that these claims will have a material adverse impact 
on our financial results. 

Two  of  our  subsidiaries,  Consolidated  Communications  of  Pennsylvania  Company  LLC 
(“CCPA”)  and  Consolidated  Communications  Enterprise  Services  Inc.  (“CCES”),  received  assessment 
notices from the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Revenue increasing the amounts owed 

F-37 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for  Pennsylvania  Gross  Receipt  Taxes  for  the  tax  period  ending  December  31,  2009.    These  two 
assessments  adjusted  the  subsidiaries’  combined  total  outstanding  taxable  gross  receipts  liability  (with 
interest) to approximately $2.3 million.  In addition, based upon recently completed audits of CCES for 
2008, 2009 and 2010, we believe the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania may issue additional assessments 
totaling approximately $1.7 million for Gross Receipt Taxes allegedly owed.  Our CCPA subsidiary has 
also been notified by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania that they will conduct a gross receipts audit for 
the calendar year 2008.  An appeal challenging the 2009 CCPA assessment was filed with the Department 
of Revenue’s Board of Appeals on September 15, 2011, and we filed a similar appeal for CCES with the 
Board  of  Appeals  on  November  11,  2011  challenging  the  2009  CCES  assessment.    We  also  intend  to 
appeal  any  adverse  decisions  from  the  Board  of  Appeals  involving  CCPA  or  CCES  to  the 
Commonwealth’s Board of Finance and Revenue.  At the Board of Finance and Revenue, we anticipate 
that  these  matters  will  be  continued pending  the  outcome  of  present  litigation in  Commonwealth  Court 
between Verizon Pennsylvania, Inc and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (Verizon Pennsylvania, Inc. 
v.  Commonwealth,  Docket  No.  266  F.R.  2008).    The  Gross  Receipts  Tax  issues  in  the  Verizon 
Pennsylvania  case  are  substantially  the  same  as  those  presently  facing  CCPA  and  CCES.    In  addition, 
there are numerous telecommunications carriers with Gross Receipts Tax matters dealing with the same 
issues  that  are  in  various  stages  of  appeal  before  the  Board  of  Finance  and  Revenue  and  the 
Commonwealth Court.  Those appeals by other similarly situated telecommunications carriers have been 
continued until resolution of the Verizon Pennsylvania case.  We believe that these assessments and the 
positions taken by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania are without substantial merit.  We do not believe 
that the outcome of these claims will have a material adverse impact on our financial results. 

We  are  from  time  to  time  involved  in  various  other  legal  proceedings  and  regulatory  actions 
arising out of our operations.  We do not believe that any of these, individually or in the aggregate, will 
have a material adverse effect upon our business, operating results or financial condition 

Operating leases 

The  Company  has  entered  into  several  operating  leases  covering  buildings,  office  space  and 
equipment.    Rent  expense  totaled  $2.1 million  in  2011,  $3.4  million in  2010  and  $4.2  million  in  2009.  
Future minimum lease payments under existing agreements are as follows: 2012—$1.9 million, 2013—
$1.2 million, 2014—$0.6 million, 2015—$0.3 million, 2016—$0.1 million, and thereafter—$0.6 million. 

Capital leases 

The  Company  has  four  capital  leases,  all  of  which  expire  in  2021,  for  the  lease  of  office, 
warehouse  space  and  tech  center  needs.    As  of  December  31,  2011,  the  present  value  of  the  minimum 
remaining lease commitments was approximately $4.7 million, of which $0.2 million is due and payable 
within the next 12 months.  The leases will require total rental payments to LATEL of approximately $7.9 
million and total rental payments to Spruce of approximately $1.6 million over the term of the leases.   

Future minimum lease payments under capital leases as of December 31, 2011, are as follows: 

F-38 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands) 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
Thereafter 
Gross minimum lease payments 
Less:  imputed interest  
Capital lease obligation 

Other commitments 

$828 
848 
870 
891 
914 
4,257 
8,608 
3,897 
4,711 

The Company has entered into two operational support systems contracts.  Should we terminate 
any of the contracts prior to their expiration, we would be liable for minimum commitment payments as 
defined  in  the  contracts  for  the  remaining  term  of  the  contracts.    In  addition,  we  have  a  contractual 
obligation for network maintenance.  The total of the Company’s other commitments are due as follows: 
2012—$1.2 million, 2013—$0.8 million, 2014—$0.5 million, and 2015—$0.1 million. 

22.     Net Income per Common Share 

We adopted the FASB’s authoritative guidance on the treatment of participating securities in the 
calculation of earnings per share on January 1, 2009, and began using the two-class method to compute 
basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  share  for  all  periods  presented.    The  following  illustrates  the  earnings 
allocation method utilized in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended 
December 31:   

(In thousands, except per share amounts) 
Basic Earnings Per Share Using Two-class Method: 

Net income 
Less:  net income attributable to noncontrolling interest 
Net income attributable to common shareholders before allocation of 

earnings to participating securities 

Less:  earnings allocated to participating securities 
Net income attributable to common stockholders 

2011 

2010 

2009 

$26,982 
572 

$33,152 
557 

$25,935 
1,030 

26,410 
429 
$25,981 

32,595 
439 
$32,156 

24,905 
309 
$24,596 

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding 
Net  income  per  common  share  attributable  to  common  stockholders  - 
basic 

29,600 

29,490 

29,396 

$0.88 

$1.09 

$0.84 

Diluted Earnings Per Share Using Two-class Method: 

Net income 
Less:  net income attributable to noncontrolling interest 
Net income attributable to common shareholders before allocation of 

earnings to participating securities 

Less:  earnings allocated to participating securities 
Net income attributable to common stockholders 

$26,982 
572 

$33,152 
557 

$25,935 
1,030 

26,410 
429 
$25,981 

32,595 
439 
$32,156 

24,905 
309 
$24,596 

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (1) 

29,600 

29,490 

29,396 

Net  income  per  common  share  attributable  to  common  stockholders  - 
diluted 

$0.88 

$1.09 

$0.84 

F-39 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)    to  the  extent  that  restricted  shares  are  anti-dilutive,  they  have  been  excluded  from  the 

calculation of diluted earnings per share in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance. 

An  additional  0.3  million  shares  were  not  included  in  the  computation  of  potentially  dilutive 

securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010, because they were anti-dilutive.   

23.     Business Segments 

The Company is viewed and managed as two separate, but highly integrated, reportable business 
segments:  “Telephone  Operations”  and  “Other  Operations.”    Telephone  Operations  consists  of  a  wide 
range  of  telecommunications  services,  including  local  and  long-distance  service,  DSL  Internet  access, 
IPTV,  VOIP  service,  custom  calling  features,  private  line  services,  carrier  access  services,  network 
capacity  services  over  a  regional  fiber  optic  network,  mobile  services  and  directory  publishing.    The 
Company  also  operates  two  complementary  non-core  businesses  that  comprise  “Other  Operations,” 
including  telephone  services  to  correctional  facilities  and  equipment  sales.    Management  evaluates  the 
performance  of  these  business  segments  based  upon  net  revenue,  operating  income,  and  income  before 
extraordinary items.   

(In thousands) 

Telephone operations 
Other operations 

Total net revenue 

Operating expense – telephone operations 
Operating expense – other operations 

Total operating expense 

Depreciation and amortization expense – telephone operations 
Depreciation and amortization expense – other operations 

Total depreciation expense 

Operating income – telephone operations 
Operating income - other operations 

Total operating income 

Interest expense, net of interest income 
Investment income 
Other, net 
Income before taxes  

Capital expenditures: 

Telephone operations 
Other operations 

Total 

Goodwill: 

Telephone operations 
Other operations 

Total 

2011 

2010 

2009 

$342,598 
31,665 
374,263 

194,580 
28,383 
222,963 

87,907 
838 
88,745 

60,111 
2,444 
62,555 

$349,612 
33,754 
383,366 

199,077 
31,250 
230,327 

86,270 
872 
87,142 

64,265 
1,632 
65,897 

$364,548 
41,619 
406,167 

211,068 
39,166 
250,234 

84,018 
1,209 
85,227 

69,462 
1,244 
70,706 

(49,394) 
27,843 
823 

$ 41,827   

(50,740) 
27,744 
(758) 
$ 42,143   

(57,935) 
25,770 
(207) 
$ 38,334 

$42,377 
216 
$42,593 

$41,620 
169 
$41,789 

$41,853 
499 
$42,352 

$519,542 
1,020 
$520,562 

$519,542 
1,020 
$520,562 

$519,542 
1,020 
$520,562 

F-40 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets: 

Telephone operations (1) 
Other operations 

Total 

$1,187,708 
6,361 
$1,194,069 

$1,201,545 
8,001 
$1,209,546 

$1,214,329 
12,278 
$1,226,607 

(1)  Included within the telephone operations segment assets are our equity method investments totaling $48.3 
million at December 31, 2011, $49.6 million at December 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. 

24. 

Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited) 

(In thousands, except per share amounts) 
2011: 
Net revenues 
Operating expenses: 

Cost of services and products 
Selling,  general  and  administrative 

expenses 

Debt refinancing costs 
Depreciation and amortization 

Total operating expense 
Operating income 
Other expenses, net 
Income before income taxes  
Income tax expense 
Net income  
Less: 
noncontrolling interest 
Net 
stockholders 

income  attributable 

Income 

attributable 

to 

to  common 

Net  income  per  share  attributable  to 
Consolidated Communications Holdings, 
Inc. common stockholders:  

Basic 
Diluted 

2010: 
Net revenues 
Operating expenses: 

Cost of services and products 
Selling,  general  and  administrative 

expenses 

Depreciation and amortization 

Total operating expense 
Operating income 
Other expenses, net 
Income before income taxes  
Income tax expense/(benefit) 
Net income  
Less: 
noncontrolling interest 
Net 
stockholders 

income  attributable 

Income 

attributable 

to 

to  common 

March 31 

June 30 

September 30 

December 31 

$95,441 

$92,623 

$92,548 

$93,651 

35,684 

20,699 
- 
22,158 
78,541 
16,900 
4,795 
12,105 
4,608 
7,497 

132 

34,267 

19,147 
2,540 
21,987 
77,941 
14,682 
6,090 
8,592 
3,079 
5,513 

162 

33,913 

21,148 
109 
22,161 
77,331 
15,217 
6,528 
8,689 
2,723 
5,966 

148 

35,400 

20,056 
- 
22,439 
77,895 
15,756 
3,315 
12,441 
4,435 
8,006 

130 

$ 7,365   

$ 5,351   

$5,818    

$ 7,876   

$0.25 
$0.25 

$0.18 
$0.18 

$0.19 
$0.19 

$0.26 
$0.26 

$98,302 

$95,737 

$95,576 

$93,751 

35,940 

22,803 
21,542 
80,285 
18,017 
6,539 
11,478 
4,427 
7,051 

131 

35,649 

21,390 
21,460 
78,499 
17,238 
6,427 
10,811 
3,638 
7,173 

124 

36,371 

21,686 
21,918 
79,975 
15,601 
4,683 
10,918 
(1,049) 
11,967 

130 

34,342 

22,146 
22,222 
78,710 
15,041 
6,105 
8,936 
1,975 
6,961 

172 

$ 6,920   

$ 7,049   

$11,837    

$ 6,789   

F-41 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net  income  per  share  attributable  to 
Consolidated Communications Holdings, 
Inc. common stockholders:  

Basic 
Diluted 

25. 

Subsequent Events 

$0.23 
$0.23 

$0.24 
$0.24 

$0.40 
$0.40 

$0.23 
$0.23 

Agreement and Plan of Merger with SureWest Communications  

On February 5, 2012, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire all the outstanding shares 
of SureWest Communications (“SureWest”) for $23.00 per share in a cash and stock transaction with a 
total  consideration  of  approximately  $340.9  million,  exclusive  of  debt,  based  on  our  February  3,  2012 
closing price.  SureWest’s shareholders may elect to exchange each share of SureWest common stock for 
either  $23.00    in  cash  or  shares  of  Consolidated  common  stock  having  an  equivalent  value  based  on 
average trading prices for the 20-day period ending two days before the closing of the acquisition, subject 
to a collar so that there will be a maximum exchange ratio of 1.40565 shares of Consolidated common 
stock  for  each  share  of  SureWest  common  stock  and  a  minimum  of  1.03896  shares  of  Consolidated 
common  stock  for  each  share  of  SureWest  common  stock.  Overall  elections  are  subject  to  proration  so 
that 50% of the SureWest shares will be exchanged for cash and 50% for stock.  

In connection with the acquisition of SureWest, the Company received committed financing for a 
total of $350.0 million to fund the cash portion of transaction, to refinance SureWest’s debt and to pay for 
certain transaction costs. The financing package includes a $350.0 million Senior Unsecured Bridge Loan 
Facility, with a one year maturity and a seven year rollover to Senior Unsecured Notes  

Effective  February  17,  2012,  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  financing  for  the  SureWest 
transaction,  we  amended  our  credit  facility.    The  amendment  provides  us  with  the  ability  to  escrow 
proceeds from a high-yield note offering prior to closing the acquisition and, until closing, excludes the 
debt from current leverage calculations.  The amendment also permits us additional flexibility for future 
high  yield  notes  issuances  with  the  same  subsidiary  guarantees  as  the  current  credit  facility.    All  other 
terms, coverage and leverage ratios were unchanged. 

SureWest  currently  serves  residential  subscribers  and  commercial  businesses  in  the  greater 

Kansas City, Kansas and Missouri and Sacramento, California regions. 

Two putative class action lawsuits have been filed by alleged SureWest shareholders challenging 
the  Company's  proposed  merger  with  SureWest  in  which  the  Company,  SureWest  and  members  of  the 
SureWest  board  of  directors  have  been  named  as  defendants.    The  actions  were  filed  on  February  17, 
2012  and  on  February  24,  2012.    These  actions  were  filed  in  the  Superior  Court  of  California,  Placer 
County  and  allege,  among  other  things,  that  each  member  of  the  SureWest  board  of directors  breached 
fiduciary duties to SureWest and its shareholders by authorizing the sale of SureWest to the Company for 
consideration  that  allegedly  is  unfair  to  the  SureWest  shareholders  and  agreeing  to  terms  that  allegedly 
unduly  restrict  other  bidders  from  making  a  competing  offer.    The  complaints  also  allege  that  the 
Company  and  SureWest  aided  and  abetted  the  breaches  of  fiduciary  duties  allegedly  committed  by  the 
members of the SureWest board of directors.  The lawsuits seek equitable relief, including an order to the 
defendants  from  consummating  the  merger  on  the  agreed-upon  terms,  as  well  as  unspecified  money 
damages.    We  believe  that  these  claims  are  without  merit  and  that  the  alleged  damages  are  completely 
unfounded.  We intend to defend against these claims vigorously. 

F-42 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Schedule II—Valuation Reserves is set forth below. 

 (In thousands) 

2011 

2010 

2009 

Allowance for doubtful accounts: 
Balance at beginning of year 
Provision charged to expense 
Write-offs, less recoveries 
Balance at end of year  

Inventory reserve: 
Balance at beginning of year 
Provision charged to expense 
Write-offs, less recoveries 
Balance at end of year 

$2,694 
4,104 
(4,251) 
$2,547 

$ 395 
672 
(606) 
$461 

$1,796 
5,963 
(5,065) 
$2,694 

$ 701 
163 
(469) 
$395  

$1,908 
4,812 
(4,924) 
$1,796 

$ 878 
542 
(719) 
$ 701 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES 
EXHIBIT 21 – SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT 

Unless otherwise noted, all subsidiaries are 100% owned (directly or indirectly) by Consolidated 

 EXHIBIT 21 

Communications Holdings, Inc.  

Name 
Consolidated Communications, Inc.  
Consolidated Communications of Texas Company 
Consolidated Communications of Fort Bend Company 
Consolidated Communications Services Company 
Consolidated Communications Enterprise Services, Inc. 
Consolidated Communications of Pennsylvania, LLC 
East Texas Fiber Line, Incorporated (63% ownership) 
Illinois Consolidated Telephone Company 
WH Acquisition Corp. 
WH Acquisition II Corp. 

State of Incorporation 
Illinois 
Texas 
Texas 
Texas 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Texas 
Illinois 
California 
California 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 23.1 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration  Statements  (i) on  Form  S-8 
(No. 333-135440)  pertaining  to  the  Consolidated  Communications,  Inc.  401(k)  Plan  and  Consolidated 
Communications  401(k)  Plan  for  Texas  Bargaining  Associates,  (ii) on  Form S-8  (No. 333-128934) 
pertaining to the Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan and (iii) 
on  Form  S-8  (No. 333-166757)  pertaining  to  the  Consolidated  Communications,  Inc.  2005  Long-Term 
Incentive Plan of our reports dated March 5, 2012, with respect to the consolidated financial statements 
and  schedule  of  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  and  the  effectiveness  of 
internal control over financial reporting of Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries 
included in the Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2011. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

St. Louis, Missouri 
March 5, 2012 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.1 

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION 

I, Robert J. Currey, certify that: 

1.  I  have  reviewed  this  annual  report  on  Form  10-K  of  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings,  Inc. 

and Subsidiaries; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit 
to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under 
which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this 
report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash 
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining 
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and 
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) 
for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

(b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in 
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of 
the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in 
the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially 
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the 
registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information, and 

(b)  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a 

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
March 5, 2012   

 /s/ Robert J. Currey 
Robert J. Currey 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.2 

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION 

I, Steven L. Childers, certify that: 

1.  I  have  reviewed  this  annual  report  on  Form  10-K  of  Consolidated  Communications  Holdings,  Inc. 

and Subsidiaries; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit 
to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under 
which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this 
report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash 
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining 
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and 
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) 
for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in 
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of 
the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in 
the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially 
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the 
registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information, and 

(b)  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a 

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
March 5, 2012   

/s/ Steven L. Childers 
Steven L. Childers 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                   
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

EXHIBIT 32.1 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act  of  2002  (“Section  906”),  Robert  J.  Currey  and  Steven  L.  Childers,  President  and  Chief  Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, respectively, of Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc., each 
certify that to his knowledge (i) the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 
2011  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of 
1934, as amended and (ii) the information contained in such report fairly presents, in all material respects, 
the financial condition and results of operations of Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. 

/s/ Robert J. Currey 
Robert J. Currey 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 
March 5, 2012   

 /s/ Steven L. Childers 
Steven L. Childers 
Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial 
Officer  (Principal Financial Officer and 
Chief Accounting Officer) 

March 5, 2012 

CH2\11001127.1